c55cfa54050ade559396938c7723e68d4fc5e382
[gcc.git] / gcc / ada / exp_ch4.adb
1 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2 -- --
3 -- GNAT COMPILER COMPONENTS --
4 -- --
5 -- E X P _ C H 4 --
6 -- --
7 -- B o d y --
8 -- --
9 -- Copyright (C) 1992-2009, Free Software Foundation, Inc. --
10 -- --
11 -- GNAT is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under --
12 -- terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Soft- --
13 -- ware Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later ver- --
14 -- sion. GNAT is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITH- --
15 -- OUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY --
16 -- or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License --
17 -- for more details. You should have received a copy of the GNU General --
18 -- Public License distributed with GNAT; see file COPYING3. If not, go to --
19 -- http://www.gnu.org/licenses for a complete copy of the license. --
20 -- --
21 -- GNAT was originally developed by the GNAT team at New York University. --
22 -- Extensive contributions were provided by Ada Core Technologies Inc. --
23 -- --
24 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
25
26 with Atree; use Atree;
27 with Checks; use Checks;
28 with Debug; use Debug;
29 with Einfo; use Einfo;
30 with Elists; use Elists;
31 with Errout; use Errout;
32 with Exp_Aggr; use Exp_Aggr;
33 with Exp_Atag; use Exp_Atag;
34 with Exp_Ch3; use Exp_Ch3;
35 with Exp_Ch6; use Exp_Ch6;
36 with Exp_Ch7; use Exp_Ch7;
37 with Exp_Ch9; use Exp_Ch9;
38 with Exp_Disp; use Exp_Disp;
39 with Exp_Fixd; use Exp_Fixd;
40 with Exp_Pakd; use Exp_Pakd;
41 with Exp_Tss; use Exp_Tss;
42 with Exp_Util; use Exp_Util;
43 with Exp_VFpt; use Exp_VFpt;
44 with Freeze; use Freeze;
45 with Inline; use Inline;
46 with Namet; use Namet;
47 with Nlists; use Nlists;
48 with Nmake; use Nmake;
49 with Opt; use Opt;
50 with Restrict; use Restrict;
51 with Rident; use Rident;
52 with Rtsfind; use Rtsfind;
53 with Sem; use Sem;
54 with Sem_Aux; use Sem_Aux;
55 with Sem_Cat; use Sem_Cat;
56 with Sem_Ch3; use Sem_Ch3;
57 with Sem_Ch8; use Sem_Ch8;
58 with Sem_Ch13; use Sem_Ch13;
59 with Sem_Eval; use Sem_Eval;
60 with Sem_Res; use Sem_Res;
61 with Sem_Type; use Sem_Type;
62 with Sem_Util; use Sem_Util;
63 with Sem_Warn; use Sem_Warn;
64 with Sinfo; use Sinfo;
65 with Snames; use Snames;
66 with Stand; use Stand;
67 with Targparm; use Targparm;
68 with Tbuild; use Tbuild;
69 with Ttypes; use Ttypes;
70 with Uintp; use Uintp;
71 with Urealp; use Urealp;
72 with Validsw; use Validsw;
73
74 package body Exp_Ch4 is
75
76 -----------------------
77 -- Local Subprograms --
78 -----------------------
79
80 procedure Binary_Op_Validity_Checks (N : Node_Id);
81 pragma Inline (Binary_Op_Validity_Checks);
82 -- Performs validity checks for a binary operator
83
84 procedure Build_Boolean_Array_Proc_Call
85 (N : Node_Id;
86 Op1 : Node_Id;
87 Op2 : Node_Id);
88 -- If a boolean array assignment can be done in place, build call to
89 -- corresponding library procedure.
90
91 procedure Displace_Allocator_Pointer (N : Node_Id);
92 -- Ada 2005 (AI-251): Subsidiary procedure to Expand_N_Allocator and
93 -- Expand_Allocator_Expression. Allocating class-wide interface objects
94 -- this routine displaces the pointer to the allocated object to reference
95 -- the component referencing the corresponding secondary dispatch table.
96
97 procedure Expand_Allocator_Expression (N : Node_Id);
98 -- Subsidiary to Expand_N_Allocator, for the case when the expression
99 -- is a qualified expression or an aggregate.
100
101 procedure Expand_Array_Comparison (N : Node_Id);
102 -- This routine handles expansion of the comparison operators (N_Op_Lt,
103 -- N_Op_Le, N_Op_Gt, N_Op_Ge) when operating on an array type. The basic
104 -- code for these operators is similar, differing only in the details of
105 -- the actual comparison call that is made. Special processing (call a
106 -- run-time routine)
107
108 function Expand_Array_Equality
109 (Nod : Node_Id;
110 Lhs : Node_Id;
111 Rhs : Node_Id;
112 Bodies : List_Id;
113 Typ : Entity_Id) return Node_Id;
114 -- Expand an array equality into a call to a function implementing this
115 -- equality, and a call to it. Loc is the location for the generated nodes.
116 -- Lhs and Rhs are the array expressions to be compared. Bodies is a list
117 -- on which to attach bodies of local functions that are created in the
118 -- process. It is the responsibility of the caller to insert those bodies
119 -- at the right place. Nod provides the Sloc value for the generated code.
120 -- Normally the types used for the generated equality routine are taken
121 -- from Lhs and Rhs. However, in some situations of generated code, the
122 -- Etype fields of Lhs and Rhs are not set yet. In such cases, Typ supplies
123 -- the type to be used for the formal parameters.
124
125 procedure Expand_Boolean_Operator (N : Node_Id);
126 -- Common expansion processing for Boolean operators (And, Or, Xor) for the
127 -- case of array type arguments.
128
129 function Expand_Composite_Equality
130 (Nod : Node_Id;
131 Typ : Entity_Id;
132 Lhs : Node_Id;
133 Rhs : Node_Id;
134 Bodies : List_Id) return Node_Id;
135 -- Local recursive function used to expand equality for nested composite
136 -- types. Used by Expand_Record/Array_Equality, Bodies is a list on which
137 -- to attach bodies of local functions that are created in the process.
138 -- This is the responsibility of the caller to insert those bodies at the
139 -- right place. Nod provides the Sloc value for generated code. Lhs and Rhs
140 -- are the left and right sides for the comparison, and Typ is the type of
141 -- the arrays to compare.
142
143 procedure Expand_Concatenate (Cnode : Node_Id; Opnds : List_Id);
144 -- Routine to expand concatenation of a sequence of two or more operands
145 -- (in the list Operands) and replace node Cnode with the result of the
146 -- concatenation. The operands can be of any appropriate type, and can
147 -- include both arrays and singleton elements.
148
149 procedure Fixup_Universal_Fixed_Operation (N : Node_Id);
150 -- N is a N_Op_Divide or N_Op_Multiply node whose result is universal
151 -- fixed. We do not have such a type at runtime, so the purpose of this
152 -- routine is to find the real type by looking up the tree. We also
153 -- determine if the operation must be rounded.
154
155 function Get_Allocator_Final_List
156 (N : Node_Id;
157 T : Entity_Id;
158 PtrT : Entity_Id) return Entity_Id;
159 -- If the designated type is controlled, build final_list expression for
160 -- created object. If context is an access parameter, create a local access
161 -- type to have a usable finalization list.
162
163 function Has_Inferable_Discriminants (N : Node_Id) return Boolean;
164 -- Ada 2005 (AI-216): A view of an Unchecked_Union object has inferable
165 -- discriminants if it has a constrained nominal type, unless the object
166 -- is a component of an enclosing Unchecked_Union object that is subject
167 -- to a per-object constraint and the enclosing object lacks inferable
168 -- discriminants.
169 --
170 -- An expression of an Unchecked_Union type has inferable discriminants
171 -- if it is either a name of an object with inferable discriminants or a
172 -- qualified expression whose subtype mark denotes a constrained subtype.
173
174 procedure Insert_Dereference_Action (N : Node_Id);
175 -- N is an expression whose type is an access. When the type of the
176 -- associated storage pool is derived from Checked_Pool, generate a
177 -- call to the 'Dereference' primitive operation.
178
179 function Make_Array_Comparison_Op
180 (Typ : Entity_Id;
181 Nod : Node_Id) return Node_Id;
182 -- Comparisons between arrays are expanded in line. This function produces
183 -- the body of the implementation of (a > b), where a and b are one-
184 -- dimensional arrays of some discrete type. The original node is then
185 -- expanded into the appropriate call to this function. Nod provides the
186 -- Sloc value for the generated code.
187
188 function Make_Boolean_Array_Op
189 (Typ : Entity_Id;
190 N : Node_Id) return Node_Id;
191 -- Boolean operations on boolean arrays are expanded in line. This function
192 -- produce the body for the node N, which is (a and b), (a or b), or (a xor
193 -- b). It is used only the normal case and not the packed case. The type
194 -- involved, Typ, is the Boolean array type, and the logical operations in
195 -- the body are simple boolean operations. Note that Typ is always a
196 -- constrained type (the caller has ensured this by using
197 -- Convert_To_Actual_Subtype if necessary).
198
199 procedure Rewrite_Comparison (N : Node_Id);
200 -- If N is the node for a comparison whose outcome can be determined at
201 -- compile time, then the node N can be rewritten with True or False. If
202 -- the outcome cannot be determined at compile time, the call has no
203 -- effect. If N is a type conversion, then this processing is applied to
204 -- its expression. If N is neither comparison nor a type conversion, the
205 -- call has no effect.
206
207 function Tagged_Membership (N : Node_Id) return Node_Id;
208 -- Construct the expression corresponding to the tagged membership test.
209 -- Deals with a second operand being (or not) a class-wide type.
210
211 function Safe_In_Place_Array_Op
212 (Lhs : Node_Id;
213 Op1 : Node_Id;
214 Op2 : Node_Id) return Boolean;
215 -- In the context of an assignment, where the right-hand side is a boolean
216 -- operation on arrays, check whether operation can be performed in place.
217
218 procedure Unary_Op_Validity_Checks (N : Node_Id);
219 pragma Inline (Unary_Op_Validity_Checks);
220 -- Performs validity checks for a unary operator
221
222 -------------------------------
223 -- Binary_Op_Validity_Checks --
224 -------------------------------
225
226 procedure Binary_Op_Validity_Checks (N : Node_Id) is
227 begin
228 if Validity_Checks_On and Validity_Check_Operands then
229 Ensure_Valid (Left_Opnd (N));
230 Ensure_Valid (Right_Opnd (N));
231 end if;
232 end Binary_Op_Validity_Checks;
233
234 ------------------------------------
235 -- Build_Boolean_Array_Proc_Call --
236 ------------------------------------
237
238 procedure Build_Boolean_Array_Proc_Call
239 (N : Node_Id;
240 Op1 : Node_Id;
241 Op2 : Node_Id)
242 is
243 Loc : constant Source_Ptr := Sloc (N);
244 Kind : constant Node_Kind := Nkind (Expression (N));
245 Target : constant Node_Id :=
246 Make_Attribute_Reference (Loc,
247 Prefix => Name (N),
248 Attribute_Name => Name_Address);
249
250 Arg1 : constant Node_Id := Op1;
251 Arg2 : Node_Id := Op2;
252 Call_Node : Node_Id;
253 Proc_Name : Entity_Id;
254
255 begin
256 if Kind = N_Op_Not then
257 if Nkind (Op1) in N_Binary_Op then
258
259 -- Use negated version of the binary operators
260
261 if Nkind (Op1) = N_Op_And then
262 Proc_Name := RTE (RE_Vector_Nand);
263
264 elsif Nkind (Op1) = N_Op_Or then
265 Proc_Name := RTE (RE_Vector_Nor);
266
267 else pragma Assert (Nkind (Op1) = N_Op_Xor);
268 Proc_Name := RTE (RE_Vector_Xor);
269 end if;
270
271 Call_Node :=
272 Make_Procedure_Call_Statement (Loc,
273 Name => New_Occurrence_Of (Proc_Name, Loc),
274
275 Parameter_Associations => New_List (
276 Target,
277 Make_Attribute_Reference (Loc,
278 Prefix => Left_Opnd (Op1),
279 Attribute_Name => Name_Address),
280
281 Make_Attribute_Reference (Loc,
282 Prefix => Right_Opnd (Op1),
283 Attribute_Name => Name_Address),
284
285 Make_Attribute_Reference (Loc,
286 Prefix => Left_Opnd (Op1),
287 Attribute_Name => Name_Length)));
288
289 else
290 Proc_Name := RTE (RE_Vector_Not);
291
292 Call_Node :=
293 Make_Procedure_Call_Statement (Loc,
294 Name => New_Occurrence_Of (Proc_Name, Loc),
295 Parameter_Associations => New_List (
296 Target,
297
298 Make_Attribute_Reference (Loc,
299 Prefix => Op1,
300 Attribute_Name => Name_Address),
301
302 Make_Attribute_Reference (Loc,
303 Prefix => Op1,
304 Attribute_Name => Name_Length)));
305 end if;
306
307 else
308 -- We use the following equivalences:
309
310 -- (not X) or (not Y) = not (X and Y) = Nand (X, Y)
311 -- (not X) and (not Y) = not (X or Y) = Nor (X, Y)
312 -- (not X) xor (not Y) = X xor Y
313 -- X xor (not Y) = not (X xor Y) = Nxor (X, Y)
314
315 if Nkind (Op1) = N_Op_Not then
316 if Kind = N_Op_And then
317 Proc_Name := RTE (RE_Vector_Nor);
318
319 elsif Kind = N_Op_Or then
320 Proc_Name := RTE (RE_Vector_Nand);
321
322 else
323 Proc_Name := RTE (RE_Vector_Xor);
324 end if;
325
326 else
327 if Kind = N_Op_And then
328 Proc_Name := RTE (RE_Vector_And);
329
330 elsif Kind = N_Op_Or then
331 Proc_Name := RTE (RE_Vector_Or);
332
333 elsif Nkind (Op2) = N_Op_Not then
334 Proc_Name := RTE (RE_Vector_Nxor);
335 Arg2 := Right_Opnd (Op2);
336
337 else
338 Proc_Name := RTE (RE_Vector_Xor);
339 end if;
340 end if;
341
342 Call_Node :=
343 Make_Procedure_Call_Statement (Loc,
344 Name => New_Occurrence_Of (Proc_Name, Loc),
345 Parameter_Associations => New_List (
346 Target,
347 Make_Attribute_Reference (Loc,
348 Prefix => Arg1,
349 Attribute_Name => Name_Address),
350 Make_Attribute_Reference (Loc,
351 Prefix => Arg2,
352 Attribute_Name => Name_Address),
353 Make_Attribute_Reference (Loc,
354 Prefix => Op1,
355 Attribute_Name => Name_Length)));
356 end if;
357
358 Rewrite (N, Call_Node);
359 Analyze (N);
360
361 exception
362 when RE_Not_Available =>
363 return;
364 end Build_Boolean_Array_Proc_Call;
365
366 --------------------------------
367 -- Displace_Allocator_Pointer --
368 --------------------------------
369
370 procedure Displace_Allocator_Pointer (N : Node_Id) is
371 Loc : constant Source_Ptr := Sloc (N);
372 Orig_Node : constant Node_Id := Original_Node (N);
373 Dtyp : Entity_Id;
374 Etyp : Entity_Id;
375 PtrT : Entity_Id;
376
377 begin
378 -- Do nothing in case of VM targets: the virtual machine will handle
379 -- interfaces directly.
380
381 if not Tagged_Type_Expansion then
382 return;
383 end if;
384
385 pragma Assert (Nkind (N) = N_Identifier
386 and then Nkind (Orig_Node) = N_Allocator);
387
388 PtrT := Etype (Orig_Node);
389 Dtyp := Available_View (Designated_Type (PtrT));
390 Etyp := Etype (Expression (Orig_Node));
391
392 if Is_Class_Wide_Type (Dtyp)
393 and then Is_Interface (Dtyp)
394 then
395 -- If the type of the allocator expression is not an interface type
396 -- we can generate code to reference the record component containing
397 -- the pointer to the secondary dispatch table.
398
399 if not Is_Interface (Etyp) then
400 declare
401 Saved_Typ : constant Entity_Id := Etype (Orig_Node);
402
403 begin
404 -- 1) Get access to the allocated object
405
406 Rewrite (N,
407 Make_Explicit_Dereference (Loc,
408 Relocate_Node (N)));
409 Set_Etype (N, Etyp);
410 Set_Analyzed (N);
411
412 -- 2) Add the conversion to displace the pointer to reference
413 -- the secondary dispatch table.
414
415 Rewrite (N, Convert_To (Dtyp, Relocate_Node (N)));
416 Analyze_And_Resolve (N, Dtyp);
417
418 -- 3) The 'access to the secondary dispatch table will be used
419 -- as the value returned by the allocator.
420
421 Rewrite (N,
422 Make_Attribute_Reference (Loc,
423 Prefix => Relocate_Node (N),
424 Attribute_Name => Name_Access));
425 Set_Etype (N, Saved_Typ);
426 Set_Analyzed (N);
427 end;
428
429 -- If the type of the allocator expression is an interface type we
430 -- generate a run-time call to displace "this" to reference the
431 -- component containing the pointer to the secondary dispatch table
432 -- or else raise Constraint_Error if the actual object does not
433 -- implement the target interface. This case corresponds with the
434 -- following example:
435
436 -- function Op (Obj : Iface_1'Class) return access Iface_2'Class is
437 -- begin
438 -- return new Iface_2'Class'(Obj);
439 -- end Op;
440
441 else
442 Rewrite (N,
443 Unchecked_Convert_To (PtrT,
444 Make_Function_Call (Loc,
445 Name => New_Reference_To (RTE (RE_Displace), Loc),
446 Parameter_Associations => New_List (
447 Unchecked_Convert_To (RTE (RE_Address),
448 Relocate_Node (N)),
449
450 New_Occurrence_Of
451 (Elists.Node
452 (First_Elmt
453 (Access_Disp_Table (Etype (Base_Type (Dtyp))))),
454 Loc)))));
455 Analyze_And_Resolve (N, PtrT);
456 end if;
457 end if;
458 end Displace_Allocator_Pointer;
459
460 ---------------------------------
461 -- Expand_Allocator_Expression --
462 ---------------------------------
463
464 procedure Expand_Allocator_Expression (N : Node_Id) is
465 Loc : constant Source_Ptr := Sloc (N);
466 Exp : constant Node_Id := Expression (Expression (N));
467 PtrT : constant Entity_Id := Etype (N);
468 DesigT : constant Entity_Id := Designated_Type (PtrT);
469
470 procedure Apply_Accessibility_Check
471 (Ref : Node_Id;
472 Built_In_Place : Boolean := False);
473 -- Ada 2005 (AI-344): For an allocator with a class-wide designated
474 -- type, generate an accessibility check to verify that the level of the
475 -- type of the created object is not deeper than the level of the access
476 -- type. If the type of the qualified expression is class- wide, then
477 -- always generate the check (except in the case where it is known to be
478 -- unnecessary, see comment below). Otherwise, only generate the check
479 -- if the level of the qualified expression type is statically deeper
480 -- than the access type.
481 --
482 -- Although the static accessibility will generally have been performed
483 -- as a legality check, it won't have been done in cases where the
484 -- allocator appears in generic body, so a run-time check is needed in
485 -- general. One special case is when the access type is declared in the
486 -- same scope as the class-wide allocator, in which case the check can
487 -- never fail, so it need not be generated.
488 --
489 -- As an open issue, there seem to be cases where the static level
490 -- associated with the class-wide object's underlying type is not
491 -- sufficient to perform the proper accessibility check, such as for
492 -- allocators in nested subprograms or accept statements initialized by
493 -- class-wide formals when the actual originates outside at a deeper
494 -- static level. The nested subprogram case might require passing
495 -- accessibility levels along with class-wide parameters, and the task
496 -- case seems to be an actual gap in the language rules that needs to
497 -- be fixed by the ARG. ???
498
499 -------------------------------
500 -- Apply_Accessibility_Check --
501 -------------------------------
502
503 procedure Apply_Accessibility_Check
504 (Ref : Node_Id;
505 Built_In_Place : Boolean := False)
506 is
507 Ref_Node : Node_Id;
508
509 begin
510 -- Note: we skip the accessibility check for the VM case, since
511 -- there does not seem to be any practical way of implementing it.
512
513 if Ada_Version >= Ada_05
514 and then Tagged_Type_Expansion
515 and then Is_Class_Wide_Type (DesigT)
516 and then not Scope_Suppress (Accessibility_Check)
517 and then
518 (Type_Access_Level (Etype (Exp)) > Type_Access_Level (PtrT)
519 or else
520 (Is_Class_Wide_Type (Etype (Exp))
521 and then Scope (PtrT) /= Current_Scope))
522 then
523 -- If the allocator was built in place Ref is already a reference
524 -- to the access object initialized to the result of the allocator
525 -- (see Exp_Ch6.Make_Build_In_Place_Call_In_Allocator). Otherwise
526 -- it is the entity associated with the object containing the
527 -- address of the allocated object.
528
529 if Built_In_Place then
530 Ref_Node := New_Copy (Ref);
531 else
532 Ref_Node := New_Reference_To (Ref, Loc);
533 end if;
534
535 Insert_Action (N,
536 Make_Raise_Program_Error (Loc,
537 Condition =>
538 Make_Op_Gt (Loc,
539 Left_Opnd =>
540 Build_Get_Access_Level (Loc,
541 Make_Attribute_Reference (Loc,
542 Prefix => Ref_Node,
543 Attribute_Name => Name_Tag)),
544 Right_Opnd =>
545 Make_Integer_Literal (Loc,
546 Type_Access_Level (PtrT))),
547 Reason => PE_Accessibility_Check_Failed));
548 end if;
549 end Apply_Accessibility_Check;
550
551 -- Local variables
552
553 Indic : constant Node_Id := Subtype_Mark (Expression (N));
554 T : constant Entity_Id := Entity (Indic);
555 Flist : Node_Id;
556 Node : Node_Id;
557 Temp : Entity_Id;
558
559 TagT : Entity_Id := Empty;
560 -- Type used as source for tag assignment
561
562 TagR : Node_Id := Empty;
563 -- Target reference for tag assignment
564
565 Aggr_In_Place : constant Boolean := Is_Delayed_Aggregate (Exp);
566
567 Tag_Assign : Node_Id;
568 Tmp_Node : Node_Id;
569
570 -- Start of processing for Expand_Allocator_Expression
571
572 begin
573 if Is_Tagged_Type (T) or else Needs_Finalization (T) then
574
575 if Is_CPP_Constructor_Call (Exp) then
576
577 -- Generate:
578 -- Pnnn : constant ptr_T := new (T); Init (Pnnn.all,...); Pnnn
579
580 -- Allocate the object with no expression
581
582 Node := Relocate_Node (N);
583 Set_Expression (Node, New_Reference_To (Etype (Exp), Loc));
584
585 -- Avoid its expansion to avoid generating a call to the default
586 -- C++ constructor
587
588 Set_Analyzed (Node);
589
590 Temp := Make_Defining_Identifier (Loc, New_Internal_Name ('P'));
591
592 Insert_Action (N,
593 Make_Object_Declaration (Loc,
594 Defining_Identifier => Temp,
595 Constant_Present => True,
596 Object_Definition => New_Reference_To (PtrT, Loc),
597 Expression => Node));
598
599 Apply_Accessibility_Check (Temp);
600
601 -- Locate the enclosing list and insert the C++ constructor call
602
603 declare
604 P : Node_Id;
605
606 begin
607 P := Parent (Node);
608 while not Is_List_Member (P) loop
609 P := Parent (P);
610 end loop;
611
612 Insert_List_After_And_Analyze (P,
613 Build_Initialization_Call (Loc,
614 Id_Ref =>
615 Make_Explicit_Dereference (Loc,
616 Prefix => New_Reference_To (Temp, Loc)),
617 Typ => Etype (Exp),
618 Constructor_Ref => Exp));
619 end;
620
621 Rewrite (N, New_Reference_To (Temp, Loc));
622 Analyze_And_Resolve (N, PtrT);
623 return;
624 end if;
625
626 -- Ada 2005 (AI-318-02): If the initialization expression is a call
627 -- to a build-in-place function, then access to the allocated object
628 -- must be passed to the function. Currently we limit such functions
629 -- to those with constrained limited result subtypes, but eventually
630 -- we plan to expand the allowed forms of functions that are treated
631 -- as build-in-place.
632
633 if Ada_Version >= Ada_05
634 and then Is_Build_In_Place_Function_Call (Exp)
635 then
636 Make_Build_In_Place_Call_In_Allocator (N, Exp);
637 Apply_Accessibility_Check (N, Built_In_Place => True);
638 return;
639 end if;
640
641 -- Actions inserted before:
642 -- Temp : constant ptr_T := new T'(Expression);
643 -- <no CW> Temp._tag := T'tag;
644 -- <CTRL> Adjust (Finalizable (Temp.all));
645 -- <CTRL> Attach_To_Final_List (Finalizable (Temp.all));
646
647 -- We analyze by hand the new internal allocator to avoid
648 -- any recursion and inappropriate call to Initialize
649
650 -- We don't want to remove side effects when the expression must be
651 -- built in place. In the case of a build-in-place function call,
652 -- that could lead to a duplication of the call, which was already
653 -- substituted for the allocator.
654
655 if not Aggr_In_Place then
656 Remove_Side_Effects (Exp);
657 end if;
658
659 Temp :=
660 Make_Defining_Identifier (Loc, New_Internal_Name ('P'));
661
662 -- For a class wide allocation generate the following code:
663
664 -- type Equiv_Record is record ... end record;
665 -- implicit subtype CW is <Class_Wide_Subytpe>;
666 -- temp : PtrT := new CW'(CW!(expr));
667
668 if Is_Class_Wide_Type (T) then
669 Expand_Subtype_From_Expr (Empty, T, Indic, Exp);
670
671 -- Ada 2005 (AI-251): If the expression is a class-wide interface
672 -- object we generate code to move up "this" to reference the
673 -- base of the object before allocating the new object.
674
675 -- Note that Exp'Address is recursively expanded into a call
676 -- to Base_Address (Exp.Tag)
677
678 if Is_Class_Wide_Type (Etype (Exp))
679 and then Is_Interface (Etype (Exp))
680 and then Tagged_Type_Expansion
681 then
682 Set_Expression
683 (Expression (N),
684 Unchecked_Convert_To (Entity (Indic),
685 Make_Explicit_Dereference (Loc,
686 Unchecked_Convert_To (RTE (RE_Tag_Ptr),
687 Make_Attribute_Reference (Loc,
688 Prefix => Exp,
689 Attribute_Name => Name_Address)))));
690
691 else
692 Set_Expression
693 (Expression (N),
694 Unchecked_Convert_To (Entity (Indic), Exp));
695 end if;
696
697 Analyze_And_Resolve (Expression (N), Entity (Indic));
698 end if;
699
700 -- Keep separate the management of allocators returning interfaces
701
702 if not Is_Interface (Directly_Designated_Type (PtrT)) then
703 if Aggr_In_Place then
704 Tmp_Node :=
705 Make_Object_Declaration (Loc,
706 Defining_Identifier => Temp,
707 Object_Definition => New_Reference_To (PtrT, Loc),
708 Expression =>
709 Make_Allocator (Loc,
710 New_Reference_To (Etype (Exp), Loc)));
711
712 -- Copy the Comes_From_Source flag for the allocator we just
713 -- built, since logically this allocator is a replacement of
714 -- the original allocator node. This is for proper handling of
715 -- restriction No_Implicit_Heap_Allocations.
716
717 Set_Comes_From_Source
718 (Expression (Tmp_Node), Comes_From_Source (N));
719
720 Set_No_Initialization (Expression (Tmp_Node));
721 Insert_Action (N, Tmp_Node);
722
723 if Needs_Finalization (T)
724 and then Ekind (PtrT) = E_Anonymous_Access_Type
725 then
726 -- Create local finalization list for access parameter
727
728 Flist := Get_Allocator_Final_List (N, Base_Type (T), PtrT);
729 end if;
730
731 Convert_Aggr_In_Allocator (N, Tmp_Node, Exp);
732
733 else
734 Node := Relocate_Node (N);
735 Set_Analyzed (Node);
736 Insert_Action (N,
737 Make_Object_Declaration (Loc,
738 Defining_Identifier => Temp,
739 Constant_Present => True,
740 Object_Definition => New_Reference_To (PtrT, Loc),
741 Expression => Node));
742 end if;
743
744 -- Ada 2005 (AI-251): Handle allocators whose designated type is an
745 -- interface type. In this case we use the type of the qualified
746 -- expression to allocate the object.
747
748 else
749 declare
750 Def_Id : constant Entity_Id :=
751 Make_Defining_Identifier (Loc,
752 New_Internal_Name ('T'));
753 New_Decl : Node_Id;
754
755 begin
756 New_Decl :=
757 Make_Full_Type_Declaration (Loc,
758 Defining_Identifier => Def_Id,
759 Type_Definition =>
760 Make_Access_To_Object_Definition (Loc,
761 All_Present => True,
762 Null_Exclusion_Present => False,
763 Constant_Present => False,
764 Subtype_Indication =>
765 New_Reference_To (Etype (Exp), Loc)));
766
767 Insert_Action (N, New_Decl);
768
769 -- Inherit the final chain to ensure that the expansion of the
770 -- aggregate is correct in case of controlled types
771
772 if Needs_Finalization (Directly_Designated_Type (PtrT)) then
773 Set_Associated_Final_Chain (Def_Id,
774 Associated_Final_Chain (PtrT));
775 end if;
776
777 -- Declare the object using the previous type declaration
778
779 if Aggr_In_Place then
780 Tmp_Node :=
781 Make_Object_Declaration (Loc,
782 Defining_Identifier => Temp,
783 Object_Definition => New_Reference_To (Def_Id, Loc),
784 Expression =>
785 Make_Allocator (Loc,
786 New_Reference_To (Etype (Exp), Loc)));
787
788 -- Copy the Comes_From_Source flag for the allocator we just
789 -- built, since logically this allocator is a replacement of
790 -- the original allocator node. This is for proper handling
791 -- of restriction No_Implicit_Heap_Allocations.
792
793 Set_Comes_From_Source
794 (Expression (Tmp_Node), Comes_From_Source (N));
795
796 Set_No_Initialization (Expression (Tmp_Node));
797 Insert_Action (N, Tmp_Node);
798
799 if Needs_Finalization (T)
800 and then Ekind (PtrT) = E_Anonymous_Access_Type
801 then
802 -- Create local finalization list for access parameter
803
804 Flist :=
805 Get_Allocator_Final_List (N, Base_Type (T), PtrT);
806 end if;
807
808 Convert_Aggr_In_Allocator (N, Tmp_Node, Exp);
809 else
810 Node := Relocate_Node (N);
811 Set_Analyzed (Node);
812 Insert_Action (N,
813 Make_Object_Declaration (Loc,
814 Defining_Identifier => Temp,
815 Constant_Present => True,
816 Object_Definition => New_Reference_To (Def_Id, Loc),
817 Expression => Node));
818 end if;
819
820 -- Generate an additional object containing the address of the
821 -- returned object. The type of this second object declaration
822 -- is the correct type required for the common processing that
823 -- is still performed by this subprogram. The displacement of
824 -- this pointer to reference the component associated with the
825 -- interface type will be done at the end of common processing.
826
827 New_Decl :=
828 Make_Object_Declaration (Loc,
829 Defining_Identifier => Make_Defining_Identifier (Loc,
830 New_Internal_Name ('P')),
831 Object_Definition => New_Reference_To (PtrT, Loc),
832 Expression => Unchecked_Convert_To (PtrT,
833 New_Reference_To (Temp, Loc)));
834
835 Insert_Action (N, New_Decl);
836
837 Tmp_Node := New_Decl;
838 Temp := Defining_Identifier (New_Decl);
839 end;
840 end if;
841
842 Apply_Accessibility_Check (Temp);
843
844 -- Generate the tag assignment
845
846 -- Suppress the tag assignment when VM_Target because VM tags are
847 -- represented implicitly in objects.
848
849 if not Tagged_Type_Expansion then
850 null;
851
852 -- Ada 2005 (AI-251): Suppress the tag assignment with class-wide
853 -- interface objects because in this case the tag does not change.
854
855 elsif Is_Interface (Directly_Designated_Type (Etype (N))) then
856 pragma Assert (Is_Class_Wide_Type
857 (Directly_Designated_Type (Etype (N))));
858 null;
859
860 elsif Is_Tagged_Type (T) and then not Is_Class_Wide_Type (T) then
861 TagT := T;
862 TagR := New_Reference_To (Temp, Loc);
863
864 elsif Is_Private_Type (T)
865 and then Is_Tagged_Type (Underlying_Type (T))
866 then
867 TagT := Underlying_Type (T);
868 TagR :=
869 Unchecked_Convert_To (Underlying_Type (T),
870 Make_Explicit_Dereference (Loc,
871 Prefix => New_Reference_To (Temp, Loc)));
872 end if;
873
874 if Present (TagT) then
875 Tag_Assign :=
876 Make_Assignment_Statement (Loc,
877 Name =>
878 Make_Selected_Component (Loc,
879 Prefix => TagR,
880 Selector_Name =>
881 New_Reference_To (First_Tag_Component (TagT), Loc)),
882
883 Expression =>
884 Unchecked_Convert_To (RTE (RE_Tag),
885 New_Reference_To
886 (Elists.Node (First_Elmt (Access_Disp_Table (TagT))),
887 Loc)));
888
889 -- The previous assignment has to be done in any case
890
891 Set_Assignment_OK (Name (Tag_Assign));
892 Insert_Action (N, Tag_Assign);
893 end if;
894
895 if Needs_Finalization (DesigT)
896 and then Needs_Finalization (T)
897 then
898 declare
899 Attach : Node_Id;
900 Apool : constant Entity_Id :=
901 Associated_Storage_Pool (PtrT);
902
903 begin
904 -- If it is an allocation on the secondary stack (i.e. a value
905 -- returned from a function), the object is attached on the
906 -- caller side as soon as the call is completed (see
907 -- Expand_Ctrl_Function_Call)
908
909 if Is_RTE (Apool, RE_SS_Pool) then
910 declare
911 F : constant Entity_Id :=
912 Make_Defining_Identifier (Loc,
913 New_Internal_Name ('F'));
914 begin
915 Insert_Action (N,
916 Make_Object_Declaration (Loc,
917 Defining_Identifier => F,
918 Object_Definition => New_Reference_To (RTE
919 (RE_Finalizable_Ptr), Loc)));
920
921 Flist := New_Reference_To (F, Loc);
922 Attach := Make_Integer_Literal (Loc, 1);
923 end;
924
925 -- Normal case, not a secondary stack allocation
926
927 else
928 if Needs_Finalization (T)
929 and then Ekind (PtrT) = E_Anonymous_Access_Type
930 then
931 -- Create local finalization list for access parameter
932
933 Flist :=
934 Get_Allocator_Final_List (N, Base_Type (T), PtrT);
935 else
936 Flist := Find_Final_List (PtrT);
937 end if;
938
939 Attach := Make_Integer_Literal (Loc, 2);
940 end if;
941
942 -- Generate an Adjust call if the object will be moved. In Ada
943 -- 2005, the object may be inherently limited, in which case
944 -- there is no Adjust procedure, and the object is built in
945 -- place. In Ada 95, the object can be limited but not
946 -- inherently limited if this allocator came from a return
947 -- statement (we're allocating the result on the secondary
948 -- stack). In that case, the object will be moved, so we _do_
949 -- want to Adjust.
950
951 if not Aggr_In_Place
952 and then not Is_Inherently_Limited_Type (T)
953 then
954 Insert_Actions (N,
955 Make_Adjust_Call (
956 Ref =>
957
958 -- An unchecked conversion is needed in the classwide
959 -- case because the designated type can be an ancestor of
960 -- the subtype mark of the allocator.
961
962 Unchecked_Convert_To (T,
963 Make_Explicit_Dereference (Loc,
964 Prefix => New_Reference_To (Temp, Loc))),
965
966 Typ => T,
967 Flist_Ref => Flist,
968 With_Attach => Attach,
969 Allocator => True));
970 end if;
971 end;
972 end if;
973
974 Rewrite (N, New_Reference_To (Temp, Loc));
975 Analyze_And_Resolve (N, PtrT);
976
977 -- Ada 2005 (AI-251): Displace the pointer to reference the record
978 -- component containing the secondary dispatch table of the interface
979 -- type.
980
981 if Is_Interface (Directly_Designated_Type (PtrT)) then
982 Displace_Allocator_Pointer (N);
983 end if;
984
985 elsif Aggr_In_Place then
986 Temp :=
987 Make_Defining_Identifier (Loc, New_Internal_Name ('P'));
988 Tmp_Node :=
989 Make_Object_Declaration (Loc,
990 Defining_Identifier => Temp,
991 Object_Definition => New_Reference_To (PtrT, Loc),
992 Expression => Make_Allocator (Loc,
993 New_Reference_To (Etype (Exp), Loc)));
994
995 -- Copy the Comes_From_Source flag for the allocator we just built,
996 -- since logically this allocator is a replacement of the original
997 -- allocator node. This is for proper handling of restriction
998 -- No_Implicit_Heap_Allocations.
999
1000 Set_Comes_From_Source
1001 (Expression (Tmp_Node), Comes_From_Source (N));
1002
1003 Set_No_Initialization (Expression (Tmp_Node));
1004 Insert_Action (N, Tmp_Node);
1005 Convert_Aggr_In_Allocator (N, Tmp_Node, Exp);
1006 Rewrite (N, New_Reference_To (Temp, Loc));
1007 Analyze_And_Resolve (N, PtrT);
1008
1009 elsif Is_Access_Type (T)
1010 and then Can_Never_Be_Null (T)
1011 then
1012 Install_Null_Excluding_Check (Exp);
1013
1014 elsif Is_Access_Type (DesigT)
1015 and then Nkind (Exp) = N_Allocator
1016 and then Nkind (Expression (Exp)) /= N_Qualified_Expression
1017 then
1018 -- Apply constraint to designated subtype indication
1019
1020 Apply_Constraint_Check (Expression (Exp),
1021 Designated_Type (DesigT),
1022 No_Sliding => True);
1023
1024 if Nkind (Expression (Exp)) = N_Raise_Constraint_Error then
1025
1026 -- Propagate constraint_error to enclosing allocator
1027
1028 Rewrite (Exp, New_Copy (Expression (Exp)));
1029 end if;
1030 else
1031 -- If we have:
1032 -- type A is access T1;
1033 -- X : A := new T2'(...);
1034 -- T1 and T2 can be different subtypes, and we might need to check
1035 -- both constraints. First check against the type of the qualified
1036 -- expression.
1037
1038 Apply_Constraint_Check (Exp, T, No_Sliding => True);
1039
1040 if Do_Range_Check (Exp) then
1041 Set_Do_Range_Check (Exp, False);
1042 Generate_Range_Check (Exp, DesigT, CE_Range_Check_Failed);
1043 end if;
1044
1045 -- A check is also needed in cases where the designated subtype is
1046 -- constrained and differs from the subtype given in the qualified
1047 -- expression. Note that the check on the qualified expression does
1048 -- not allow sliding, but this check does (a relaxation from Ada 83).
1049
1050 if Is_Constrained (DesigT)
1051 and then not Subtypes_Statically_Match (T, DesigT)
1052 then
1053 Apply_Constraint_Check
1054 (Exp, DesigT, No_Sliding => False);
1055
1056 if Do_Range_Check (Exp) then
1057 Set_Do_Range_Check (Exp, False);
1058 Generate_Range_Check (Exp, DesigT, CE_Range_Check_Failed);
1059 end if;
1060 end if;
1061
1062 -- For an access to unconstrained packed array, GIGI needs to see an
1063 -- expression with a constrained subtype in order to compute the
1064 -- proper size for the allocator.
1065
1066 if Is_Array_Type (T)
1067 and then not Is_Constrained (T)
1068 and then Is_Packed (T)
1069 then
1070 declare
1071 ConstrT : constant Entity_Id :=
1072 Make_Defining_Identifier (Loc,
1073 Chars => New_Internal_Name ('A'));
1074 Internal_Exp : constant Node_Id := Relocate_Node (Exp);
1075 begin
1076 Insert_Action (Exp,
1077 Make_Subtype_Declaration (Loc,
1078 Defining_Identifier => ConstrT,
1079 Subtype_Indication =>
1080 Make_Subtype_From_Expr (Exp, T)));
1081 Freeze_Itype (ConstrT, Exp);
1082 Rewrite (Exp, OK_Convert_To (ConstrT, Internal_Exp));
1083 end;
1084 end if;
1085
1086 -- Ada 2005 (AI-318-02): If the initialization expression is a call
1087 -- to a build-in-place function, then access to the allocated object
1088 -- must be passed to the function. Currently we limit such functions
1089 -- to those with constrained limited result subtypes, but eventually
1090 -- we plan to expand the allowed forms of functions that are treated
1091 -- as build-in-place.
1092
1093 if Ada_Version >= Ada_05
1094 and then Is_Build_In_Place_Function_Call (Exp)
1095 then
1096 Make_Build_In_Place_Call_In_Allocator (N, Exp);
1097 end if;
1098 end if;
1099
1100 exception
1101 when RE_Not_Available =>
1102 return;
1103 end Expand_Allocator_Expression;
1104
1105 -----------------------------
1106 -- Expand_Array_Comparison --
1107 -----------------------------
1108
1109 -- Expansion is only required in the case of array types. For the unpacked
1110 -- case, an appropriate runtime routine is called. For packed cases, and
1111 -- also in some other cases where a runtime routine cannot be called, the
1112 -- form of the expansion is:
1113
1114 -- [body for greater_nn; boolean_expression]
1115
1116 -- The body is built by Make_Array_Comparison_Op, and the form of the
1117 -- Boolean expression depends on the operator involved.
1118
1119 procedure Expand_Array_Comparison (N : Node_Id) is
1120 Loc : constant Source_Ptr := Sloc (N);
1121 Op1 : Node_Id := Left_Opnd (N);
1122 Op2 : Node_Id := Right_Opnd (N);
1123 Typ1 : constant Entity_Id := Base_Type (Etype (Op1));
1124 Ctyp : constant Entity_Id := Component_Type (Typ1);
1125
1126 Expr : Node_Id;
1127 Func_Body : Node_Id;
1128 Func_Name : Entity_Id;
1129
1130 Comp : RE_Id;
1131
1132 Byte_Addressable : constant Boolean := System_Storage_Unit = Byte'Size;
1133 -- True for byte addressable target
1134
1135 function Length_Less_Than_4 (Opnd : Node_Id) return Boolean;
1136 -- Returns True if the length of the given operand is known to be less
1137 -- than 4. Returns False if this length is known to be four or greater
1138 -- or is not known at compile time.
1139
1140 ------------------------
1141 -- Length_Less_Than_4 --
1142 ------------------------
1143
1144 function Length_Less_Than_4 (Opnd : Node_Id) return Boolean is
1145 Otyp : constant Entity_Id := Etype (Opnd);
1146
1147 begin
1148 if Ekind (Otyp) = E_String_Literal_Subtype then
1149 return String_Literal_Length (Otyp) < 4;
1150
1151 else
1152 declare
1153 Ityp : constant Entity_Id := Etype (First_Index (Otyp));
1154 Lo : constant Node_Id := Type_Low_Bound (Ityp);
1155 Hi : constant Node_Id := Type_High_Bound (Ityp);
1156 Lov : Uint;
1157 Hiv : Uint;
1158
1159 begin
1160 if Compile_Time_Known_Value (Lo) then
1161 Lov := Expr_Value (Lo);
1162 else
1163 return False;
1164 end if;
1165
1166 if Compile_Time_Known_Value (Hi) then
1167 Hiv := Expr_Value (Hi);
1168 else
1169 return False;
1170 end if;
1171
1172 return Hiv < Lov + 3;
1173 end;
1174 end if;
1175 end Length_Less_Than_4;
1176
1177 -- Start of processing for Expand_Array_Comparison
1178
1179 begin
1180 -- Deal first with unpacked case, where we can call a runtime routine
1181 -- except that we avoid this for targets for which are not addressable
1182 -- by bytes, and for the JVM/CIL, since they do not support direct
1183 -- addressing of array components.
1184
1185 if not Is_Bit_Packed_Array (Typ1)
1186 and then Byte_Addressable
1187 and then VM_Target = No_VM
1188 then
1189 -- The call we generate is:
1190
1191 -- Compare_Array_xn[_Unaligned]
1192 -- (left'address, right'address, left'length, right'length) <op> 0
1193
1194 -- x = U for unsigned, S for signed
1195 -- n = 8,16,32,64 for component size
1196 -- Add _Unaligned if length < 4 and component size is 8.
1197 -- <op> is the standard comparison operator
1198
1199 if Component_Size (Typ1) = 8 then
1200 if Length_Less_Than_4 (Op1)
1201 or else
1202 Length_Less_Than_4 (Op2)
1203 then
1204 if Is_Unsigned_Type (Ctyp) then
1205 Comp := RE_Compare_Array_U8_Unaligned;
1206 else
1207 Comp := RE_Compare_Array_S8_Unaligned;
1208 end if;
1209
1210 else
1211 if Is_Unsigned_Type (Ctyp) then
1212 Comp := RE_Compare_Array_U8;
1213 else
1214 Comp := RE_Compare_Array_S8;
1215 end if;
1216 end if;
1217
1218 elsif Component_Size (Typ1) = 16 then
1219 if Is_Unsigned_Type (Ctyp) then
1220 Comp := RE_Compare_Array_U16;
1221 else
1222 Comp := RE_Compare_Array_S16;
1223 end if;
1224
1225 elsif Component_Size (Typ1) = 32 then
1226 if Is_Unsigned_Type (Ctyp) then
1227 Comp := RE_Compare_Array_U32;
1228 else
1229 Comp := RE_Compare_Array_S32;
1230 end if;
1231
1232 else pragma Assert (Component_Size (Typ1) = 64);
1233 if Is_Unsigned_Type (Ctyp) then
1234 Comp := RE_Compare_Array_U64;
1235 else
1236 Comp := RE_Compare_Array_S64;
1237 end if;
1238 end if;
1239
1240 Remove_Side_Effects (Op1, Name_Req => True);
1241 Remove_Side_Effects (Op2, Name_Req => True);
1242
1243 Rewrite (Op1,
1244 Make_Function_Call (Sloc (Op1),
1245 Name => New_Occurrence_Of (RTE (Comp), Loc),
1246
1247 Parameter_Associations => New_List (
1248 Make_Attribute_Reference (Loc,
1249 Prefix => Relocate_Node (Op1),
1250 Attribute_Name => Name_Address),
1251
1252 Make_Attribute_Reference (Loc,
1253 Prefix => Relocate_Node (Op2),
1254 Attribute_Name => Name_Address),
1255
1256 Make_Attribute_Reference (Loc,
1257 Prefix => Relocate_Node (Op1),
1258 Attribute_Name => Name_Length),
1259
1260 Make_Attribute_Reference (Loc,
1261 Prefix => Relocate_Node (Op2),
1262 Attribute_Name => Name_Length))));
1263
1264 Rewrite (Op2,
1265 Make_Integer_Literal (Sloc (Op2),
1266 Intval => Uint_0));
1267
1268 Analyze_And_Resolve (Op1, Standard_Integer);
1269 Analyze_And_Resolve (Op2, Standard_Integer);
1270 return;
1271 end if;
1272
1273 -- Cases where we cannot make runtime call
1274
1275 -- For (a <= b) we convert to not (a > b)
1276
1277 if Chars (N) = Name_Op_Le then
1278 Rewrite (N,
1279 Make_Op_Not (Loc,
1280 Right_Opnd =>
1281 Make_Op_Gt (Loc,
1282 Left_Opnd => Op1,
1283 Right_Opnd => Op2)));
1284 Analyze_And_Resolve (N, Standard_Boolean);
1285 return;
1286
1287 -- For < the Boolean expression is
1288 -- greater__nn (op2, op1)
1289
1290 elsif Chars (N) = Name_Op_Lt then
1291 Func_Body := Make_Array_Comparison_Op (Typ1, N);
1292
1293 -- Switch operands
1294
1295 Op1 := Right_Opnd (N);
1296 Op2 := Left_Opnd (N);
1297
1298 -- For (a >= b) we convert to not (a < b)
1299
1300 elsif Chars (N) = Name_Op_Ge then
1301 Rewrite (N,
1302 Make_Op_Not (Loc,
1303 Right_Opnd =>
1304 Make_Op_Lt (Loc,
1305 Left_Opnd => Op1,
1306 Right_Opnd => Op2)));
1307 Analyze_And_Resolve (N, Standard_Boolean);
1308 return;
1309
1310 -- For > the Boolean expression is
1311 -- greater__nn (op1, op2)
1312
1313 else
1314 pragma Assert (Chars (N) = Name_Op_Gt);
1315 Func_Body := Make_Array_Comparison_Op (Typ1, N);
1316 end if;
1317
1318 Func_Name := Defining_Unit_Name (Specification (Func_Body));
1319 Expr :=
1320 Make_Function_Call (Loc,
1321 Name => New_Reference_To (Func_Name, Loc),
1322 Parameter_Associations => New_List (Op1, Op2));
1323
1324 Insert_Action (N, Func_Body);
1325 Rewrite (N, Expr);
1326 Analyze_And_Resolve (N, Standard_Boolean);
1327
1328 exception
1329 when RE_Not_Available =>
1330 return;
1331 end Expand_Array_Comparison;
1332
1333 ---------------------------
1334 -- Expand_Array_Equality --
1335 ---------------------------
1336
1337 -- Expand an equality function for multi-dimensional arrays. Here is an
1338 -- example of such a function for Nb_Dimension = 2
1339
1340 -- function Enn (A : atyp; B : btyp) return boolean is
1341 -- begin
1342 -- if (A'length (1) = 0 or else A'length (2) = 0)
1343 -- and then
1344 -- (B'length (1) = 0 or else B'length (2) = 0)
1345 -- then
1346 -- return True; -- RM 4.5.2(22)
1347 -- end if;
1348
1349 -- if A'length (1) /= B'length (1)
1350 -- or else
1351 -- A'length (2) /= B'length (2)
1352 -- then
1353 -- return False; -- RM 4.5.2(23)
1354 -- end if;
1355
1356 -- declare
1357 -- A1 : Index_T1 := A'first (1);
1358 -- B1 : Index_T1 := B'first (1);
1359 -- begin
1360 -- loop
1361 -- declare
1362 -- A2 : Index_T2 := A'first (2);
1363 -- B2 : Index_T2 := B'first (2);
1364 -- begin
1365 -- loop
1366 -- if A (A1, A2) /= B (B1, B2) then
1367 -- return False;
1368 -- end if;
1369
1370 -- exit when A2 = A'last (2);
1371 -- A2 := Index_T2'succ (A2);
1372 -- B2 := Index_T2'succ (B2);
1373 -- end loop;
1374 -- end;
1375
1376 -- exit when A1 = A'last (1);
1377 -- A1 := Index_T1'succ (A1);
1378 -- B1 := Index_T1'succ (B1);
1379 -- end loop;
1380 -- end;
1381
1382 -- return true;
1383 -- end Enn;
1384
1385 -- Note on the formal types used (atyp and btyp). If either of the arrays
1386 -- is of a private type, we use the underlying type, and do an unchecked
1387 -- conversion of the actual. If either of the arrays has a bound depending
1388 -- on a discriminant, then we use the base type since otherwise we have an
1389 -- escaped discriminant in the function.
1390
1391 -- If both arrays are constrained and have the same bounds, we can generate
1392 -- a loop with an explicit iteration scheme using a 'Range attribute over
1393 -- the first array.
1394
1395 function Expand_Array_Equality
1396 (Nod : Node_Id;
1397 Lhs : Node_Id;
1398 Rhs : Node_Id;
1399 Bodies : List_Id;
1400 Typ : Entity_Id) return Node_Id
1401 is
1402 Loc : constant Source_Ptr := Sloc (Nod);
1403 Decls : constant List_Id := New_List;
1404 Index_List1 : constant List_Id := New_List;
1405 Index_List2 : constant List_Id := New_List;
1406
1407 Actuals : List_Id;
1408 Formals : List_Id;
1409 Func_Name : Entity_Id;
1410 Func_Body : Node_Id;
1411
1412 A : constant Entity_Id := Make_Defining_Identifier (Loc, Name_uA);
1413 B : constant Entity_Id := Make_Defining_Identifier (Loc, Name_uB);
1414
1415 Ltyp : Entity_Id;
1416 Rtyp : Entity_Id;
1417 -- The parameter types to be used for the formals
1418
1419 function Arr_Attr
1420 (Arr : Entity_Id;
1421 Nam : Name_Id;
1422 Num : Int) return Node_Id;
1423 -- This builds the attribute reference Arr'Nam (Expr)
1424
1425 function Component_Equality (Typ : Entity_Id) return Node_Id;
1426 -- Create one statement to compare corresponding components, designated
1427 -- by a full set of indices.
1428
1429 function Get_Arg_Type (N : Node_Id) return Entity_Id;
1430 -- Given one of the arguments, computes the appropriate type to be used
1431 -- for that argument in the corresponding function formal
1432
1433 function Handle_One_Dimension
1434 (N : Int;
1435 Index : Node_Id) return Node_Id;
1436 -- This procedure returns the following code
1437 --
1438 -- declare
1439 -- Bn : Index_T := B'First (N);
1440 -- begin
1441 -- loop
1442 -- xxx
1443 -- exit when An = A'Last (N);
1444 -- An := Index_T'Succ (An)
1445 -- Bn := Index_T'Succ (Bn)
1446 -- end loop;
1447 -- end;
1448 --
1449 -- If both indices are constrained and identical, the procedure
1450 -- returns a simpler loop:
1451 --
1452 -- for An in A'Range (N) loop
1453 -- xxx
1454 -- end loop
1455 --
1456 -- N is the dimension for which we are generating a loop. Index is the
1457 -- N'th index node, whose Etype is Index_Type_n in the above code. The
1458 -- xxx statement is either the loop or declare for the next dimension
1459 -- or if this is the last dimension the comparison of corresponding
1460 -- components of the arrays.
1461 --
1462 -- The actual way the code works is to return the comparison of
1463 -- corresponding components for the N+1 call. That's neater!
1464
1465 function Test_Empty_Arrays return Node_Id;
1466 -- This function constructs the test for both arrays being empty
1467 -- (A'length (1) = 0 or else A'length (2) = 0 or else ...)
1468 -- and then
1469 -- (B'length (1) = 0 or else B'length (2) = 0 or else ...)
1470
1471 function Test_Lengths_Correspond return Node_Id;
1472 -- This function constructs the test for arrays having different lengths
1473 -- in at least one index position, in which case the resulting code is:
1474
1475 -- A'length (1) /= B'length (1)
1476 -- or else
1477 -- A'length (2) /= B'length (2)
1478 -- or else
1479 -- ...
1480
1481 --------------
1482 -- Arr_Attr --
1483 --------------
1484
1485 function Arr_Attr
1486 (Arr : Entity_Id;
1487 Nam : Name_Id;
1488 Num : Int) return Node_Id
1489 is
1490 begin
1491 return
1492 Make_Attribute_Reference (Loc,
1493 Attribute_Name => Nam,
1494 Prefix => New_Reference_To (Arr, Loc),
1495 Expressions => New_List (Make_Integer_Literal (Loc, Num)));
1496 end Arr_Attr;
1497
1498 ------------------------
1499 -- Component_Equality --
1500 ------------------------
1501
1502 function Component_Equality (Typ : Entity_Id) return Node_Id is
1503 Test : Node_Id;
1504 L, R : Node_Id;
1505
1506 begin
1507 -- if a(i1...) /= b(j1...) then return false; end if;
1508
1509 L :=
1510 Make_Indexed_Component (Loc,
1511 Prefix => Make_Identifier (Loc, Chars (A)),
1512 Expressions => Index_List1);
1513
1514 R :=
1515 Make_Indexed_Component (Loc,
1516 Prefix => Make_Identifier (Loc, Chars (B)),
1517 Expressions => Index_List2);
1518
1519 Test := Expand_Composite_Equality
1520 (Nod, Component_Type (Typ), L, R, Decls);
1521
1522 -- If some (sub)component is an unchecked_union, the whole operation
1523 -- will raise program error.
1524
1525 if Nkind (Test) = N_Raise_Program_Error then
1526
1527 -- This node is going to be inserted at a location where a
1528 -- statement is expected: clear its Etype so analysis will set
1529 -- it to the expected Standard_Void_Type.
1530
1531 Set_Etype (Test, Empty);
1532 return Test;
1533
1534 else
1535 return
1536 Make_Implicit_If_Statement (Nod,
1537 Condition => Make_Op_Not (Loc, Right_Opnd => Test),
1538 Then_Statements => New_List (
1539 Make_Simple_Return_Statement (Loc,
1540 Expression => New_Occurrence_Of (Standard_False, Loc))));
1541 end if;
1542 end Component_Equality;
1543
1544 ------------------
1545 -- Get_Arg_Type --
1546 ------------------
1547
1548 function Get_Arg_Type (N : Node_Id) return Entity_Id is
1549 T : Entity_Id;
1550 X : Node_Id;
1551
1552 begin
1553 T := Etype (N);
1554
1555 if No (T) then
1556 return Typ;
1557
1558 else
1559 T := Underlying_Type (T);
1560
1561 X := First_Index (T);
1562 while Present (X) loop
1563 if Denotes_Discriminant (Type_Low_Bound (Etype (X)))
1564 or else
1565 Denotes_Discriminant (Type_High_Bound (Etype (X)))
1566 then
1567 T := Base_Type (T);
1568 exit;
1569 end if;
1570
1571 Next_Index (X);
1572 end loop;
1573
1574 return T;
1575 end if;
1576 end Get_Arg_Type;
1577
1578 --------------------------
1579 -- Handle_One_Dimension --
1580 ---------------------------
1581
1582 function Handle_One_Dimension
1583 (N : Int;
1584 Index : Node_Id) return Node_Id
1585 is
1586 Need_Separate_Indexes : constant Boolean :=
1587 Ltyp /= Rtyp
1588 or else not Is_Constrained (Ltyp);
1589 -- If the index types are identical, and we are working with
1590 -- constrained types, then we can use the same index for both
1591 -- of the arrays.
1592
1593 An : constant Entity_Id := Make_Defining_Identifier (Loc,
1594 Chars => New_Internal_Name ('A'));
1595
1596 Bn : Entity_Id;
1597 Index_T : Entity_Id;
1598 Stm_List : List_Id;
1599 Loop_Stm : Node_Id;
1600
1601 begin
1602 if N > Number_Dimensions (Ltyp) then
1603 return Component_Equality (Ltyp);
1604 end if;
1605
1606 -- Case where we generate a loop
1607
1608 Index_T := Base_Type (Etype (Index));
1609
1610 if Need_Separate_Indexes then
1611 Bn :=
1612 Make_Defining_Identifier (Loc,
1613 Chars => New_Internal_Name ('B'));
1614 else
1615 Bn := An;
1616 end if;
1617
1618 Append (New_Reference_To (An, Loc), Index_List1);
1619 Append (New_Reference_To (Bn, Loc), Index_List2);
1620
1621 Stm_List := New_List (
1622 Handle_One_Dimension (N + 1, Next_Index (Index)));
1623
1624 if Need_Separate_Indexes then
1625
1626 -- Generate guard for loop, followed by increments of indices
1627
1628 Append_To (Stm_List,
1629 Make_Exit_Statement (Loc,
1630 Condition =>
1631 Make_Op_Eq (Loc,
1632 Left_Opnd => New_Reference_To (An, Loc),
1633 Right_Opnd => Arr_Attr (A, Name_Last, N))));
1634
1635 Append_To (Stm_List,
1636 Make_Assignment_Statement (Loc,
1637 Name => New_Reference_To (An, Loc),
1638 Expression =>
1639 Make_Attribute_Reference (Loc,
1640 Prefix => New_Reference_To (Index_T, Loc),
1641 Attribute_Name => Name_Succ,
1642 Expressions => New_List (New_Reference_To (An, Loc)))));
1643
1644 Append_To (Stm_List,
1645 Make_Assignment_Statement (Loc,
1646 Name => New_Reference_To (Bn, Loc),
1647 Expression =>
1648 Make_Attribute_Reference (Loc,
1649 Prefix => New_Reference_To (Index_T, Loc),
1650 Attribute_Name => Name_Succ,
1651 Expressions => New_List (New_Reference_To (Bn, Loc)))));
1652 end if;
1653
1654 -- If separate indexes, we need a declare block for An and Bn, and a
1655 -- loop without an iteration scheme.
1656
1657 if Need_Separate_Indexes then
1658 Loop_Stm :=
1659 Make_Implicit_Loop_Statement (Nod, Statements => Stm_List);
1660
1661 return
1662 Make_Block_Statement (Loc,
1663 Declarations => New_List (
1664 Make_Object_Declaration (Loc,
1665 Defining_Identifier => An,
1666 Object_Definition => New_Reference_To (Index_T, Loc),
1667 Expression => Arr_Attr (A, Name_First, N)),
1668
1669 Make_Object_Declaration (Loc,
1670 Defining_Identifier => Bn,
1671 Object_Definition => New_Reference_To (Index_T, Loc),
1672 Expression => Arr_Attr (B, Name_First, N))),
1673
1674 Handled_Statement_Sequence =>
1675 Make_Handled_Sequence_Of_Statements (Loc,
1676 Statements => New_List (Loop_Stm)));
1677
1678 -- If no separate indexes, return loop statement with explicit
1679 -- iteration scheme on its own
1680
1681 else
1682 Loop_Stm :=
1683 Make_Implicit_Loop_Statement (Nod,
1684 Statements => Stm_List,
1685 Iteration_Scheme =>
1686 Make_Iteration_Scheme (Loc,
1687 Loop_Parameter_Specification =>
1688 Make_Loop_Parameter_Specification (Loc,
1689 Defining_Identifier => An,
1690 Discrete_Subtype_Definition =>
1691 Arr_Attr (A, Name_Range, N))));
1692 return Loop_Stm;
1693 end if;
1694 end Handle_One_Dimension;
1695
1696 -----------------------
1697 -- Test_Empty_Arrays --
1698 -----------------------
1699
1700 function Test_Empty_Arrays return Node_Id is
1701 Alist : Node_Id;
1702 Blist : Node_Id;
1703
1704 Atest : Node_Id;
1705 Btest : Node_Id;
1706
1707 begin
1708 Alist := Empty;
1709 Blist := Empty;
1710 for J in 1 .. Number_Dimensions (Ltyp) loop
1711 Atest :=
1712 Make_Op_Eq (Loc,
1713 Left_Opnd => Arr_Attr (A, Name_Length, J),
1714 Right_Opnd => Make_Integer_Literal (Loc, 0));
1715
1716 Btest :=
1717 Make_Op_Eq (Loc,
1718 Left_Opnd => Arr_Attr (B, Name_Length, J),
1719 Right_Opnd => Make_Integer_Literal (Loc, 0));
1720
1721 if No (Alist) then
1722 Alist := Atest;
1723 Blist := Btest;
1724
1725 else
1726 Alist :=
1727 Make_Or_Else (Loc,
1728 Left_Opnd => Relocate_Node (Alist),
1729 Right_Opnd => Atest);
1730
1731 Blist :=
1732 Make_Or_Else (Loc,
1733 Left_Opnd => Relocate_Node (Blist),
1734 Right_Opnd => Btest);
1735 end if;
1736 end loop;
1737
1738 return
1739 Make_And_Then (Loc,
1740 Left_Opnd => Alist,
1741 Right_Opnd => Blist);
1742 end Test_Empty_Arrays;
1743
1744 -----------------------------
1745 -- Test_Lengths_Correspond --
1746 -----------------------------
1747
1748 function Test_Lengths_Correspond return Node_Id is
1749 Result : Node_Id;
1750 Rtest : Node_Id;
1751
1752 begin
1753 Result := Empty;
1754 for J in 1 .. Number_Dimensions (Ltyp) loop
1755 Rtest :=
1756 Make_Op_Ne (Loc,
1757 Left_Opnd => Arr_Attr (A, Name_Length, J),
1758 Right_Opnd => Arr_Attr (B, Name_Length, J));
1759
1760 if No (Result) then
1761 Result := Rtest;
1762 else
1763 Result :=
1764 Make_Or_Else (Loc,
1765 Left_Opnd => Relocate_Node (Result),
1766 Right_Opnd => Rtest);
1767 end if;
1768 end loop;
1769
1770 return Result;
1771 end Test_Lengths_Correspond;
1772
1773 -- Start of processing for Expand_Array_Equality
1774
1775 begin
1776 Ltyp := Get_Arg_Type (Lhs);
1777 Rtyp := Get_Arg_Type (Rhs);
1778
1779 -- For now, if the argument types are not the same, go to the base type,
1780 -- since the code assumes that the formals have the same type. This is
1781 -- fixable in future ???
1782
1783 if Ltyp /= Rtyp then
1784 Ltyp := Base_Type (Ltyp);
1785 Rtyp := Base_Type (Rtyp);
1786 pragma Assert (Ltyp = Rtyp);
1787 end if;
1788
1789 -- Build list of formals for function
1790
1791 Formals := New_List (
1792 Make_Parameter_Specification (Loc,
1793 Defining_Identifier => A,
1794 Parameter_Type => New_Reference_To (Ltyp, Loc)),
1795
1796 Make_Parameter_Specification (Loc,
1797 Defining_Identifier => B,
1798 Parameter_Type => New_Reference_To (Rtyp, Loc)));
1799
1800 Func_Name := Make_Defining_Identifier (Loc, New_Internal_Name ('E'));
1801
1802 -- Build statement sequence for function
1803
1804 Func_Body :=
1805 Make_Subprogram_Body (Loc,
1806 Specification =>
1807 Make_Function_Specification (Loc,
1808 Defining_Unit_Name => Func_Name,
1809 Parameter_Specifications => Formals,
1810 Result_Definition => New_Reference_To (Standard_Boolean, Loc)),
1811
1812 Declarations => Decls,
1813
1814 Handled_Statement_Sequence =>
1815 Make_Handled_Sequence_Of_Statements (Loc,
1816 Statements => New_List (
1817
1818 Make_Implicit_If_Statement (Nod,
1819 Condition => Test_Empty_Arrays,
1820 Then_Statements => New_List (
1821 Make_Simple_Return_Statement (Loc,
1822 Expression =>
1823 New_Occurrence_Of (Standard_True, Loc)))),
1824
1825 Make_Implicit_If_Statement (Nod,
1826 Condition => Test_Lengths_Correspond,
1827 Then_Statements => New_List (
1828 Make_Simple_Return_Statement (Loc,
1829 Expression =>
1830 New_Occurrence_Of (Standard_False, Loc)))),
1831
1832 Handle_One_Dimension (1, First_Index (Ltyp)),
1833
1834 Make_Simple_Return_Statement (Loc,
1835 Expression => New_Occurrence_Of (Standard_True, Loc)))));
1836
1837 Set_Has_Completion (Func_Name, True);
1838 Set_Is_Inlined (Func_Name);
1839
1840 -- If the array type is distinct from the type of the arguments, it
1841 -- is the full view of a private type. Apply an unchecked conversion
1842 -- to insure that analysis of the call succeeds.
1843
1844 declare
1845 L, R : Node_Id;
1846
1847 begin
1848 L := Lhs;
1849 R := Rhs;
1850
1851 if No (Etype (Lhs))
1852 or else Base_Type (Etype (Lhs)) /= Base_Type (Ltyp)
1853 then
1854 L := OK_Convert_To (Ltyp, Lhs);
1855 end if;
1856
1857 if No (Etype (Rhs))
1858 or else Base_Type (Etype (Rhs)) /= Base_Type (Rtyp)
1859 then
1860 R := OK_Convert_To (Rtyp, Rhs);
1861 end if;
1862
1863 Actuals := New_List (L, R);
1864 end;
1865
1866 Append_To (Bodies, Func_Body);
1867
1868 return
1869 Make_Function_Call (Loc,
1870 Name => New_Reference_To (Func_Name, Loc),
1871 Parameter_Associations => Actuals);
1872 end Expand_Array_Equality;
1873
1874 -----------------------------
1875 -- Expand_Boolean_Operator --
1876 -----------------------------
1877
1878 -- Note that we first get the actual subtypes of the operands, since we
1879 -- always want to deal with types that have bounds.
1880
1881 procedure Expand_Boolean_Operator (N : Node_Id) is
1882 Typ : constant Entity_Id := Etype (N);
1883
1884 begin
1885 -- Special case of bit packed array where both operands are known to be
1886 -- properly aligned. In this case we use an efficient run time routine
1887 -- to carry out the operation (see System.Bit_Ops).
1888
1889 if Is_Bit_Packed_Array (Typ)
1890 and then not Is_Possibly_Unaligned_Object (Left_Opnd (N))
1891 and then not Is_Possibly_Unaligned_Object (Right_Opnd (N))
1892 then
1893 Expand_Packed_Boolean_Operator (N);
1894 return;
1895 end if;
1896
1897 -- For the normal non-packed case, the general expansion is to build
1898 -- function for carrying out the comparison (use Make_Boolean_Array_Op)
1899 -- and then inserting it into the tree. The original operator node is
1900 -- then rewritten as a call to this function. We also use this in the
1901 -- packed case if either operand is a possibly unaligned object.
1902
1903 declare
1904 Loc : constant Source_Ptr := Sloc (N);
1905 L : constant Node_Id := Relocate_Node (Left_Opnd (N));
1906 R : constant Node_Id := Relocate_Node (Right_Opnd (N));
1907 Func_Body : Node_Id;
1908 Func_Name : Entity_Id;
1909
1910 begin
1911 Convert_To_Actual_Subtype (L);
1912 Convert_To_Actual_Subtype (R);
1913 Ensure_Defined (Etype (L), N);
1914 Ensure_Defined (Etype (R), N);
1915 Apply_Length_Check (R, Etype (L));
1916
1917 if Nkind (N) = N_Op_Xor then
1918 Silly_Boolean_Array_Xor_Test (N, Etype (L));
1919 end if;
1920
1921 if Nkind (Parent (N)) = N_Assignment_Statement
1922 and then Safe_In_Place_Array_Op (Name (Parent (N)), L, R)
1923 then
1924 Build_Boolean_Array_Proc_Call (Parent (N), L, R);
1925
1926 elsif Nkind (Parent (N)) = N_Op_Not
1927 and then Nkind (N) = N_Op_And
1928 and then
1929 Safe_In_Place_Array_Op (Name (Parent (Parent (N))), L, R)
1930 then
1931 return;
1932 else
1933
1934 Func_Body := Make_Boolean_Array_Op (Etype (L), N);
1935 Func_Name := Defining_Unit_Name (Specification (Func_Body));
1936 Insert_Action (N, Func_Body);
1937
1938 -- Now rewrite the expression with a call
1939
1940 Rewrite (N,
1941 Make_Function_Call (Loc,
1942 Name => New_Reference_To (Func_Name, Loc),
1943 Parameter_Associations =>
1944 New_List (
1945 L,
1946 Make_Type_Conversion
1947 (Loc, New_Reference_To (Etype (L), Loc), R))));
1948
1949 Analyze_And_Resolve (N, Typ);
1950 end if;
1951 end;
1952 end Expand_Boolean_Operator;
1953
1954 -------------------------------
1955 -- Expand_Composite_Equality --
1956 -------------------------------
1957
1958 -- This function is only called for comparing internal fields of composite
1959 -- types when these fields are themselves composites. This is a special
1960 -- case because it is not possible to respect normal Ada visibility rules.
1961
1962 function Expand_Composite_Equality
1963 (Nod : Node_Id;
1964 Typ : Entity_Id;
1965 Lhs : Node_Id;
1966 Rhs : Node_Id;
1967 Bodies : List_Id) return Node_Id
1968 is
1969 Loc : constant Source_Ptr := Sloc (Nod);
1970 Full_Type : Entity_Id;
1971 Prim : Elmt_Id;
1972 Eq_Op : Entity_Id;
1973
1974 begin
1975 if Is_Private_Type (Typ) then
1976 Full_Type := Underlying_Type (Typ);
1977 else
1978 Full_Type := Typ;
1979 end if;
1980
1981 -- Defense against malformed private types with no completion the error
1982 -- will be diagnosed later by check_completion
1983
1984 if No (Full_Type) then
1985 return New_Reference_To (Standard_False, Loc);
1986 end if;
1987
1988 Full_Type := Base_Type (Full_Type);
1989
1990 if Is_Array_Type (Full_Type) then
1991
1992 -- If the operand is an elementary type other than a floating-point
1993 -- type, then we can simply use the built-in block bitwise equality,
1994 -- since the predefined equality operators always apply and bitwise
1995 -- equality is fine for all these cases.
1996
1997 if Is_Elementary_Type (Component_Type (Full_Type))
1998 and then not Is_Floating_Point_Type (Component_Type (Full_Type))
1999 then
2000 return Make_Op_Eq (Loc, Left_Opnd => Lhs, Right_Opnd => Rhs);
2001
2002 -- For composite component types, and floating-point types, use the
2003 -- expansion. This deals with tagged component types (where we use
2004 -- the applicable equality routine) and floating-point, (where we
2005 -- need to worry about negative zeroes), and also the case of any
2006 -- composite type recursively containing such fields.
2007
2008 else
2009 return Expand_Array_Equality (Nod, Lhs, Rhs, Bodies, Full_Type);
2010 end if;
2011
2012 elsif Is_Tagged_Type (Full_Type) then
2013
2014 -- Call the primitive operation "=" of this type
2015
2016 if Is_Class_Wide_Type (Full_Type) then
2017 Full_Type := Root_Type (Full_Type);
2018 end if;
2019
2020 -- If this is derived from an untagged private type completed with a
2021 -- tagged type, it does not have a full view, so we use the primitive
2022 -- operations of the private type. This check should no longer be
2023 -- necessary when these types receive their full views ???
2024
2025 if Is_Private_Type (Typ)
2026 and then not Is_Tagged_Type (Typ)
2027 and then not Is_Controlled (Typ)
2028 and then Is_Derived_Type (Typ)
2029 and then No (Full_View (Typ))
2030 then
2031 Prim := First_Elmt (Collect_Primitive_Operations (Typ));
2032 else
2033 Prim := First_Elmt (Primitive_Operations (Full_Type));
2034 end if;
2035
2036 loop
2037 Eq_Op := Node (Prim);
2038 exit when Chars (Eq_Op) = Name_Op_Eq
2039 and then Etype (First_Formal (Eq_Op)) =
2040 Etype (Next_Formal (First_Formal (Eq_Op)))
2041 and then Base_Type (Etype (Eq_Op)) = Standard_Boolean;
2042 Next_Elmt (Prim);
2043 pragma Assert (Present (Prim));
2044 end loop;
2045
2046 Eq_Op := Node (Prim);
2047
2048 return
2049 Make_Function_Call (Loc,
2050 Name => New_Reference_To (Eq_Op, Loc),
2051 Parameter_Associations =>
2052 New_List
2053 (Unchecked_Convert_To (Etype (First_Formal (Eq_Op)), Lhs),
2054 Unchecked_Convert_To (Etype (First_Formal (Eq_Op)), Rhs)));
2055
2056 elsif Is_Record_Type (Full_Type) then
2057 Eq_Op := TSS (Full_Type, TSS_Composite_Equality);
2058
2059 if Present (Eq_Op) then
2060 if Etype (First_Formal (Eq_Op)) /= Full_Type then
2061
2062 -- Inherited equality from parent type. Convert the actuals to
2063 -- match signature of operation.
2064
2065 declare
2066 T : constant Entity_Id := Etype (First_Formal (Eq_Op));
2067
2068 begin
2069 return
2070 Make_Function_Call (Loc,
2071 Name => New_Reference_To (Eq_Op, Loc),
2072 Parameter_Associations =>
2073 New_List (OK_Convert_To (T, Lhs),
2074 OK_Convert_To (T, Rhs)));
2075 end;
2076
2077 else
2078 -- Comparison between Unchecked_Union components
2079
2080 if Is_Unchecked_Union (Full_Type) then
2081 declare
2082 Lhs_Type : Node_Id := Full_Type;
2083 Rhs_Type : Node_Id := Full_Type;
2084 Lhs_Discr_Val : Node_Id;
2085 Rhs_Discr_Val : Node_Id;
2086
2087 begin
2088 -- Lhs subtype
2089
2090 if Nkind (Lhs) = N_Selected_Component then
2091 Lhs_Type := Etype (Entity (Selector_Name (Lhs)));
2092 end if;
2093
2094 -- Rhs subtype
2095
2096 if Nkind (Rhs) = N_Selected_Component then
2097 Rhs_Type := Etype (Entity (Selector_Name (Rhs)));
2098 end if;
2099
2100 -- Lhs of the composite equality
2101
2102 if Is_Constrained (Lhs_Type) then
2103
2104 -- Since the enclosing record type can never be an
2105 -- Unchecked_Union (this code is executed for records
2106 -- that do not have variants), we may reference its
2107 -- discriminant(s).
2108
2109 if Nkind (Lhs) = N_Selected_Component
2110 and then Has_Per_Object_Constraint (
2111 Entity (Selector_Name (Lhs)))
2112 then
2113 Lhs_Discr_Val :=
2114 Make_Selected_Component (Loc,
2115 Prefix => Prefix (Lhs),
2116 Selector_Name =>
2117 New_Copy (
2118 Get_Discriminant_Value (
2119 First_Discriminant (Lhs_Type),
2120 Lhs_Type,
2121 Stored_Constraint (Lhs_Type))));
2122
2123 else
2124 Lhs_Discr_Val := New_Copy (
2125 Get_Discriminant_Value (
2126 First_Discriminant (Lhs_Type),
2127 Lhs_Type,
2128 Stored_Constraint (Lhs_Type)));
2129
2130 end if;
2131 else
2132 -- It is not possible to infer the discriminant since
2133 -- the subtype is not constrained.
2134
2135 return
2136 Make_Raise_Program_Error (Loc,
2137 Reason => PE_Unchecked_Union_Restriction);
2138 end if;
2139
2140 -- Rhs of the composite equality
2141
2142 if Is_Constrained (Rhs_Type) then
2143 if Nkind (Rhs) = N_Selected_Component
2144 and then Has_Per_Object_Constraint (
2145 Entity (Selector_Name (Rhs)))
2146 then
2147 Rhs_Discr_Val :=
2148 Make_Selected_Component (Loc,
2149 Prefix => Prefix (Rhs),
2150 Selector_Name =>
2151 New_Copy (
2152 Get_Discriminant_Value (
2153 First_Discriminant (Rhs_Type),
2154 Rhs_Type,
2155 Stored_Constraint (Rhs_Type))));
2156
2157 else
2158 Rhs_Discr_Val := New_Copy (
2159 Get_Discriminant_Value (
2160 First_Discriminant (Rhs_Type),
2161 Rhs_Type,
2162 Stored_Constraint (Rhs_Type)));
2163
2164 end if;
2165 else
2166 return
2167 Make_Raise_Program_Error (Loc,
2168 Reason => PE_Unchecked_Union_Restriction);
2169 end if;
2170
2171 -- Call the TSS equality function with the inferred
2172 -- discriminant values.
2173
2174 return
2175 Make_Function_Call (Loc,
2176 Name => New_Reference_To (Eq_Op, Loc),
2177 Parameter_Associations => New_List (
2178 Lhs,
2179 Rhs,
2180 Lhs_Discr_Val,
2181 Rhs_Discr_Val));
2182 end;
2183 end if;
2184
2185 -- Shouldn't this be an else, we can't fall through the above
2186 -- IF, right???
2187
2188 return
2189 Make_Function_Call (Loc,
2190 Name => New_Reference_To (Eq_Op, Loc),
2191 Parameter_Associations => New_List (Lhs, Rhs));
2192 end if;
2193
2194 else
2195 return Expand_Record_Equality (Nod, Full_Type, Lhs, Rhs, Bodies);
2196 end if;
2197
2198 else
2199 -- It can be a simple record or the full view of a scalar private
2200
2201 return Make_Op_Eq (Loc, Left_Opnd => Lhs, Right_Opnd => Rhs);
2202 end if;
2203 end Expand_Composite_Equality;
2204
2205 ------------------------
2206 -- Expand_Concatenate --
2207 ------------------------
2208
2209 procedure Expand_Concatenate (Cnode : Node_Id; Opnds : List_Id) is
2210 Loc : constant Source_Ptr := Sloc (Cnode);
2211
2212 Atyp : constant Entity_Id := Base_Type (Etype (Cnode));
2213 -- Result type of concatenation
2214
2215 Ctyp : constant Entity_Id := Base_Type (Component_Type (Etype (Cnode)));
2216 -- Component type. Elements of this component type can appear as one
2217 -- of the operands of concatenation as well as arrays.
2218
2219 Istyp : constant Entity_Id := Etype (First_Index (Atyp));
2220 -- Index subtype
2221
2222 Ityp : constant Entity_Id := Base_Type (Istyp);
2223 -- Index type. This is the base type of the index subtype, and is used
2224 -- for all computed bounds (which may be out of range of Istyp in the
2225 -- case of null ranges).
2226
2227 Artyp : Entity_Id;
2228 -- This is the type we use to do arithmetic to compute the bounds and
2229 -- lengths of operands. The choice of this type is a little subtle and
2230 -- is discussed in a separate section at the start of the body code.
2231
2232 Concatenation_Error : exception;
2233 -- Raised if concatenation is sure to raise a CE
2234
2235 Result_May_Be_Null : Boolean := True;
2236 -- Reset to False if at least one operand is encountered which is known
2237 -- at compile time to be non-null. Used for handling the special case
2238 -- of setting the high bound to the last operand high bound for a null
2239 -- result, thus ensuring a proper high bound in the super-flat case.
2240
2241 N : constant Nat := List_Length (Opnds);
2242 -- Number of concatenation operands including possibly null operands
2243
2244 NN : Nat := 0;
2245 -- Number of operands excluding any known to be null, except that the
2246 -- last operand is always retained, in case it provides the bounds for
2247 -- a null result.
2248
2249 Opnd : Node_Id;
2250 -- Current operand being processed in the loop through operands. After
2251 -- this loop is complete, always contains the last operand (which is not
2252 -- the same as Operands (NN), since null operands are skipped).
2253
2254 -- Arrays describing the operands, only the first NN entries of each
2255 -- array are set (NN < N when we exclude known null operands).
2256
2257 Is_Fixed_Length : array (1 .. N) of Boolean;
2258 -- True if length of corresponding operand known at compile time
2259
2260 Operands : array (1 .. N) of Node_Id;
2261 -- Set to the corresponding entry in the Opnds list (but note that null
2262 -- operands are excluded, so not all entries in the list are stored).
2263
2264 Fixed_Length : array (1 .. N) of Uint;
2265 -- Set to length of operand. Entries in this array are set only if the
2266 -- corresponding entry in Is_Fixed_Length is True.
2267
2268 Opnd_Low_Bound : array (1 .. N) of Node_Id;
2269 -- Set to lower bound of operand. Either an integer literal in the case
2270 -- where the bound is known at compile time, else actual lower bound.
2271 -- The operand low bound is of type Ityp.
2272
2273 Var_Length : array (1 .. N) of Entity_Id;
2274 -- Set to an entity of type Natural that contains the length of an
2275 -- operand whose length is not known at compile time. Entries in this
2276 -- array are set only if the corresponding entry in Is_Fixed_Length
2277 -- is False. The entity is of type Artyp.
2278
2279 Aggr_Length : array (0 .. N) of Node_Id;
2280 -- The J'th entry in an expression node that represents the total length
2281 -- of operands 1 through J. It is either an integer literal node, or a
2282 -- reference to a constant entity with the right value, so it is fine
2283 -- to just do a Copy_Node to get an appropriate copy. The extra zero'th
2284 -- entry always is set to zero. The length is of type Artyp.
2285
2286 Low_Bound : Node_Id;
2287 -- A tree node representing the low bound of the result (of type Ityp).
2288 -- This is either an integer literal node, or an identifier reference to
2289 -- a constant entity initialized to the appropriate value.
2290
2291 Last_Opnd_High_Bound : Node_Id;
2292 -- A tree node representing the high bound of the last operand. This
2293 -- need only be set if the result could be null. It is used for the
2294 -- special case of setting the right high bound for a null result.
2295 -- This is of type Ityp.
2296
2297 High_Bound : Node_Id;
2298 -- A tree node representing the high bound of the result (of type Ityp)
2299
2300 Result : Node_Id;
2301 -- Result of the concatenation (of type Ityp)
2302
2303 Actions : constant List_Id := New_List;
2304 -- Collect actions to be inserted if Save_Space is False
2305
2306 Save_Space : Boolean;
2307 pragma Warnings (Off, Save_Space);
2308 -- Set to True if we are saving generated code space by calling routines
2309 -- in packages System.Concat_n.
2310
2311 Known_Non_Null_Operand_Seen : Boolean;
2312 -- Set True during generation of the assignements of operands into
2313 -- result once an operand known to be non-null has been seen.
2314
2315 function Make_Artyp_Literal (Val : Nat) return Node_Id;
2316 -- This function makes an N_Integer_Literal node that is returned in
2317 -- analyzed form with the type set to Artyp. Importantly this literal
2318 -- is not flagged as static, so that if we do computations with it that
2319 -- result in statically detected out of range conditions, we will not
2320 -- generate error messages but instead warning messages.
2321
2322 function To_Artyp (X : Node_Id) return Node_Id;
2323 -- Given a node of type Ityp, returns the corresponding value of type
2324 -- Artyp. For non-enumeration types, this is a plain integer conversion.
2325 -- For enum types, the Pos of the value is returned.
2326
2327 function To_Ityp (X : Node_Id) return Node_Id;
2328 -- The inverse function (uses Val in the case of enumeration types)
2329
2330 ------------------------
2331 -- Make_Artyp_Literal --
2332 ------------------------
2333
2334 function Make_Artyp_Literal (Val : Nat) return Node_Id is
2335 Result : constant Node_Id := Make_Integer_Literal (Loc, Val);
2336 begin
2337 Set_Etype (Result, Artyp);
2338 Set_Analyzed (Result, True);
2339 Set_Is_Static_Expression (Result, False);
2340 return Result;
2341 end Make_Artyp_Literal;
2342
2343 --------------
2344 -- To_Artyp --
2345 --------------
2346
2347 function To_Artyp (X : Node_Id) return Node_Id is
2348 begin
2349 if Ityp = Base_Type (Artyp) then
2350 return X;
2351
2352 elsif Is_Enumeration_Type (Ityp) then
2353 return
2354 Make_Attribute_Reference (Loc,
2355 Prefix => New_Occurrence_Of (Ityp, Loc),
2356 Attribute_Name => Name_Pos,
2357 Expressions => New_List (X));
2358
2359 else
2360 return Convert_To (Artyp, X);
2361 end if;
2362 end To_Artyp;
2363
2364 -------------
2365 -- To_Ityp --
2366 -------------
2367
2368 function To_Ityp (X : Node_Id) return Node_Id is
2369 begin
2370 if Is_Enumeration_Type (Ityp) then
2371 return
2372 Make_Attribute_Reference (Loc,
2373 Prefix => New_Occurrence_Of (Ityp, Loc),
2374 Attribute_Name => Name_Val,
2375 Expressions => New_List (X));
2376
2377 -- Case where we will do a type conversion
2378
2379 else
2380 if Ityp = Base_Type (Artyp) then
2381 return X;
2382 else
2383 return Convert_To (Ityp, X);
2384 end if;
2385 end if;
2386 end To_Ityp;
2387
2388 -- Local Declarations
2389
2390 Opnd_Typ : Entity_Id;
2391 Ent : Entity_Id;
2392 Len : Uint;
2393 J : Nat;
2394 Clen : Node_Id;
2395 Set : Boolean;
2396
2397 begin
2398 -- Choose an appropriate computational type
2399
2400 -- We will be doing calculations of lengths and bounds in this routine
2401 -- and computing one from the other in some cases, e.g. getting the high
2402 -- bound by adding the length-1 to the low bound.
2403
2404 -- We can't just use the index type, or even its base type for this
2405 -- purpose for two reasons. First it might be an enumeration type which
2406 -- is not suitable fo computations of any kind, and second it may simply
2407 -- not have enough range. For example if the index type is -128..+127
2408 -- then lengths can be up to 256, which is out of range of the type.
2409
2410 -- For enumeration types, we can simply use Standard_Integer, this is
2411 -- sufficient since the actual number of enumeration literals cannot
2412 -- possibly exceed the range of integer (remember we will be doing the
2413 -- arithmetic with POS values, not representation values).
2414
2415 if Is_Enumeration_Type (Ityp) then
2416 Artyp := Standard_Integer;
2417
2418 -- If index type is Positive, we use the standard unsigned type, to give
2419 -- more room on the top of the range, obviating the need for an overflow
2420 -- check when creating the upper bound. This is needed to avoid junk
2421 -- overflow checks in the common case of String types.
2422
2423 -- ??? Disabled for now
2424
2425 -- elsif Istyp = Standard_Positive then
2426 -- Artyp := Standard_Unsigned;
2427
2428 -- For modular types, we use a 32-bit modular type for types whose size
2429 -- is in the range 1-31 bits. For 32-bit unsigned types, we use the
2430 -- identity type, and for larger unsigned types we use 64-bits.
2431
2432 elsif Is_Modular_Integer_Type (Ityp) then
2433 if RM_Size (Ityp) < RM_Size (Standard_Unsigned) then
2434 Artyp := Standard_Unsigned;
2435 elsif RM_Size (Ityp) = RM_Size (Standard_Unsigned) then
2436 Artyp := Ityp;
2437 else
2438 Artyp := RTE (RE_Long_Long_Unsigned);
2439 end if;
2440
2441 -- Similar treatment for signed types
2442
2443 else
2444 if RM_Size (Ityp) < RM_Size (Standard_Integer) then
2445 Artyp := Standard_Integer;
2446 elsif RM_Size (Ityp) = RM_Size (Standard_Integer) then
2447 Artyp := Ityp;
2448 else
2449 Artyp := Standard_Long_Long_Integer;
2450 end if;
2451 end if;
2452
2453 -- Supply dummy entry at start of length array
2454
2455 Aggr_Length (0) := Make_Artyp_Literal (0);
2456
2457 -- Go through operands setting up the above arrays
2458
2459 J := 1;
2460 while J <= N loop
2461 Opnd := Remove_Head (Opnds);
2462 Opnd_Typ := Etype (Opnd);
2463
2464 -- The parent got messed up when we put the operands in a list,
2465 -- so now put back the proper parent for the saved operand.
2466
2467 Set_Parent (Opnd, Parent (Cnode));
2468
2469 -- Set will be True when we have setup one entry in the array
2470
2471 Set := False;
2472
2473 -- Singleton element (or character literal) case
2474
2475 if Base_Type (Opnd_Typ) = Ctyp then
2476 NN := NN + 1;
2477 Operands (NN) := Opnd;
2478 Is_Fixed_Length (NN) := True;
2479 Fixed_Length (NN) := Uint_1;
2480 Result_May_Be_Null := False;
2481
2482 -- Set low bound of operand (no need to set Last_Opnd_High_Bound
2483 -- since we know that the result cannot be null).
2484
2485 Opnd_Low_Bound (NN) :=
2486 Make_Attribute_Reference (Loc,
2487 Prefix => New_Reference_To (Istyp, Loc),
2488 Attribute_Name => Name_First);
2489
2490 Set := True;
2491
2492 -- String literal case (can only occur for strings of course)
2493
2494 elsif Nkind (Opnd) = N_String_Literal then
2495 Len := String_Literal_Length (Opnd_Typ);
2496
2497 if Len /= 0 then
2498 Result_May_Be_Null := False;
2499 end if;
2500
2501 -- Capture last operand high bound if result could be null
2502
2503 if J = N and then Result_May_Be_Null then
2504 Last_Opnd_High_Bound :=
2505 Make_Op_Add (Loc,
2506 Left_Opnd =>
2507 New_Copy_Tree (String_Literal_Low_Bound (Opnd_Typ)),
2508 Right_Opnd => Make_Integer_Literal (Loc, 1));
2509 end if;
2510
2511 -- Skip null string literal
2512
2513 if J < N and then Len = 0 then
2514 goto Continue;
2515 end if;
2516
2517 NN := NN + 1;
2518 Operands (NN) := Opnd;
2519 Is_Fixed_Length (NN) := True;
2520
2521 -- Set length and bounds
2522
2523 Fixed_Length (NN) := Len;
2524
2525 Opnd_Low_Bound (NN) :=
2526 New_Copy_Tree (String_Literal_Low_Bound (Opnd_Typ));
2527
2528 Set := True;
2529
2530 -- All other cases
2531
2532 else
2533 -- Check constrained case with known bounds
2534
2535 if Is_Constrained (Opnd_Typ) then
2536 declare
2537 Index : constant Node_Id := First_Index (Opnd_Typ);
2538 Indx_Typ : constant Entity_Id := Etype (Index);
2539 Lo : constant Node_Id := Type_Low_Bound (Indx_Typ);
2540 Hi : constant Node_Id := Type_High_Bound (Indx_Typ);
2541
2542 begin
2543 -- Fixed length constrained array type with known at compile
2544 -- time bounds is last case of fixed length operand.
2545
2546 if Compile_Time_Known_Value (Lo)
2547 and then
2548 Compile_Time_Known_Value (Hi)
2549 then
2550 declare
2551 Loval : constant Uint := Expr_Value (Lo);
2552 Hival : constant Uint := Expr_Value (Hi);
2553 Len : constant Uint :=
2554 UI_Max (Hival - Loval + 1, Uint_0);
2555
2556 begin
2557 if Len > 0 then
2558 Result_May_Be_Null := False;
2559 end if;
2560
2561 -- Capture last operand bound if result could be null
2562
2563 if J = N and then Result_May_Be_Null then
2564 Last_Opnd_High_Bound :=
2565 Convert_To (Ityp,
2566 Make_Integer_Literal (Loc,
2567 Intval => Expr_Value (Hi)));
2568 end if;
2569
2570 -- Exclude null length case unless last operand
2571
2572 if J < N and then Len = 0 then
2573 goto Continue;
2574 end if;
2575
2576 NN := NN + 1;
2577 Operands (NN) := Opnd;
2578 Is_Fixed_Length (NN) := True;
2579 Fixed_Length (NN) := Len;
2580
2581 Opnd_Low_Bound (NN) := To_Ityp (
2582 Make_Integer_Literal (Loc,
2583 Intval => Expr_Value (Lo)));
2584
2585 Set := True;
2586 end;
2587 end if;
2588 end;
2589 end if;
2590
2591 -- All cases where the length is not known at compile time, or the
2592 -- special case of an operand which is known to be null but has a
2593 -- lower bound other than 1 or is other than a string type.
2594
2595 if not Set then
2596 NN := NN + 1;
2597
2598 -- Capture operand bounds
2599
2600 Opnd_Low_Bound (NN) :=
2601 Make_Attribute_Reference (Loc,
2602 Prefix =>
2603 Duplicate_Subexpr (Opnd, Name_Req => True),
2604 Attribute_Name => Name_First);
2605
2606 if J = N and Result_May_Be_Null then
2607 Last_Opnd_High_Bound :=
2608 Convert_To (Ityp,
2609 Make_Attribute_Reference (Loc,
2610 Prefix =>
2611 Duplicate_Subexpr (Opnd, Name_Req => True),
2612 Attribute_Name => Name_Last));
2613 end if;
2614
2615 -- Capture length of operand in entity
2616
2617 Operands (NN) := Opnd;
2618 Is_Fixed_Length (NN) := False;
2619
2620 Var_Length (NN) :=
2621 Make_Defining_Identifier (Loc,
2622 Chars => New_Internal_Name ('L'));
2623
2624 Append_To (Actions,
2625 Make_Object_Declaration (Loc,
2626 Defining_Identifier => Var_Length (NN),
2627 Constant_Present => True,
2628
2629 Object_Definition =>
2630 New_Occurrence_Of (Artyp, Loc),
2631
2632 Expression =>
2633 Make_Attribute_Reference (Loc,
2634 Prefix =>
2635 Duplicate_Subexpr (Opnd, Name_Req => True),
2636 Attribute_Name => Name_Length)));
2637 end if;
2638 end if;
2639
2640 -- Set next entry in aggregate length array
2641
2642 -- For first entry, make either integer literal for fixed length
2643 -- or a reference to the saved length for variable length.
2644
2645 if NN = 1 then
2646 if Is_Fixed_Length (1) then
2647 Aggr_Length (1) :=
2648 Make_Integer_Literal (Loc,
2649 Intval => Fixed_Length (1));
2650 else
2651 Aggr_Length (1) :=
2652 New_Reference_To (Var_Length (1), Loc);
2653 end if;
2654
2655 -- If entry is fixed length and only fixed lengths so far, make
2656 -- appropriate new integer literal adding new length.
2657
2658 elsif Is_Fixed_Length (NN)
2659 and then Nkind (Aggr_Length (NN - 1)) = N_Integer_Literal
2660 then
2661 Aggr_Length (NN) :=
2662 Make_Integer_Literal (Loc,
2663 Intval => Fixed_Length (NN) + Intval (Aggr_Length (NN - 1)));
2664
2665 -- All other cases, construct an addition node for the length and
2666 -- create an entity initialized to this length.
2667
2668 else
2669 Ent :=
2670 Make_Defining_Identifier (Loc,
2671 Chars => New_Internal_Name ('L'));
2672
2673 if Is_Fixed_Length (NN) then
2674 Clen := Make_Integer_Literal (Loc, Fixed_Length (NN));
2675 else
2676 Clen := New_Reference_To (Var_Length (NN), Loc);
2677 end if;
2678
2679 Append_To (Actions,
2680 Make_Object_Declaration (Loc,
2681 Defining_Identifier => Ent,
2682 Constant_Present => True,
2683
2684 Object_Definition =>
2685 New_Occurrence_Of (Artyp, Loc),
2686
2687 Expression =>
2688 Make_Op_Add (Loc,
2689 Left_Opnd => New_Copy (Aggr_Length (NN - 1)),
2690 Right_Opnd => Clen)));
2691
2692 Aggr_Length (NN) := Make_Identifier (Loc, Chars => Chars (Ent));
2693 end if;
2694
2695 <<Continue>>
2696 J := J + 1;
2697 end loop;
2698
2699 -- If we have only skipped null operands, return the last operand
2700
2701 if NN = 0 then
2702 Result := Opnd;
2703 goto Done;
2704 end if;
2705
2706 -- If we have only one non-null operand, return it and we are done.
2707 -- There is one case in which this cannot be done, and that is when
2708 -- the sole operand is of the element type, in which case it must be
2709 -- converted to an array, and the easiest way of doing that is to go
2710 -- through the normal general circuit.
2711
2712 if NN = 1
2713 and then Base_Type (Etype (Operands (1))) /= Ctyp
2714 then
2715 Result := Operands (1);
2716 goto Done;
2717 end if;
2718
2719 -- Cases where we have a real concatenation
2720
2721 -- Next step is to find the low bound for the result array that we
2722 -- will allocate. The rules for this are in (RM 4.5.6(5-7)).
2723
2724 -- If the ultimate ancestor of the index subtype is a constrained array
2725 -- definition, then the lower bound is that of the index subtype as
2726 -- specified by (RM 4.5.3(6)).
2727
2728 -- The right test here is to go to the root type, and then the ultimate
2729 -- ancestor is the first subtype of this root type.
2730
2731 if Is_Constrained (First_Subtype (Root_Type (Atyp))) then
2732 Low_Bound :=
2733 Make_Attribute_Reference (Loc,
2734 Prefix =>
2735 New_Occurrence_Of (First_Subtype (Root_Type (Atyp)), Loc),
2736 Attribute_Name => Name_First);
2737
2738 -- If the first operand in the list has known length we know that
2739 -- the lower bound of the result is the lower bound of this operand.
2740
2741 elsif Is_Fixed_Length (1) then
2742 Low_Bound := Opnd_Low_Bound (1);
2743
2744 -- OK, we don't know the lower bound, we have to build a horrible
2745 -- expression actions node of the form
2746
2747 -- if Cond1'Length /= 0 then
2748 -- Opnd1 low bound
2749 -- else
2750 -- if Opnd2'Length /= 0 then
2751 -- Opnd2 low bound
2752 -- else
2753 -- ...
2754
2755 -- The nesting ends either when we hit an operand whose length is known
2756 -- at compile time, or on reaching the last operand, whose low bound we
2757 -- take unconditionally whether or not it is null. It's easiest to do
2758 -- this with a recursive procedure:
2759
2760 else
2761 declare
2762 function Get_Known_Bound (J : Nat) return Node_Id;
2763 -- Returns the lower bound determined by operands J .. NN
2764
2765 ---------------------
2766 -- Get_Known_Bound --
2767 ---------------------
2768
2769 function Get_Known_Bound (J : Nat) return Node_Id is
2770 begin
2771 if Is_Fixed_Length (J) or else J = NN then
2772 return New_Copy (Opnd_Low_Bound (J));
2773
2774 else
2775 return
2776 Make_Conditional_Expression (Loc,
2777 Expressions => New_List (
2778
2779 Make_Op_Ne (Loc,
2780 Left_Opnd => New_Reference_To (Var_Length (J), Loc),
2781 Right_Opnd => Make_Integer_Literal (Loc, 0)),
2782
2783 New_Copy (Opnd_Low_Bound (J)),
2784 Get_Known_Bound (J + 1)));
2785 end if;
2786 end Get_Known_Bound;
2787
2788 begin
2789 Ent :=
2790 Make_Defining_Identifier (Loc, Chars => New_Internal_Name ('L'));
2791
2792 Append_To (Actions,
2793 Make_Object_Declaration (Loc,
2794 Defining_Identifier => Ent,
2795 Constant_Present => True,
2796 Object_Definition => New_Occurrence_Of (Ityp, Loc),
2797 Expression => Get_Known_Bound (1)));
2798
2799 Low_Bound := New_Reference_To (Ent, Loc);
2800 end;
2801 end if;
2802
2803 -- Now we can safely compute the upper bound, normally
2804 -- Low_Bound + Length - 1.
2805
2806 High_Bound :=
2807 To_Ityp (
2808 Make_Op_Add (Loc,
2809 Left_Opnd => To_Artyp (New_Copy (Low_Bound)),
2810 Right_Opnd =>
2811 Make_Op_Subtract (Loc,
2812 Left_Opnd => New_Copy (Aggr_Length (NN)),
2813 Right_Opnd => Make_Artyp_Literal (1))));
2814
2815 -- Note that calculation of the high bound may cause overflow in some
2816 -- very weird cases, so in the general case we need an overflow check on
2817 -- the high bound. We can avoid this for the common case of string types
2818 -- and other types whose index is Positive, since we chose a wider range
2819 -- for the arithmetic type.
2820
2821 if Istyp /= Standard_Positive then
2822 Activate_Overflow_Check (High_Bound);
2823 end if;
2824
2825 -- Handle the exceptional case where the result is null, in which case
2826 -- case the bounds come from the last operand (so that we get the proper
2827 -- bounds if the last operand is super-flat).
2828
2829 if Result_May_Be_Null then
2830 High_Bound :=
2831 Make_Conditional_Expression (Loc,
2832 Expressions => New_List (
2833 Make_Op_Eq (Loc,
2834 Left_Opnd => New_Copy (Aggr_Length (NN)),
2835 Right_Opnd => Make_Artyp_Literal (0)),
2836 Last_Opnd_High_Bound,
2837 High_Bound));
2838 end if;
2839
2840 -- Here is where we insert the saved up actions
2841
2842 Insert_Actions (Cnode, Actions, Suppress => All_Checks);
2843
2844 -- Now we construct an array object with appropriate bounds
2845
2846 Ent :=
2847 Make_Defining_Identifier (Loc,
2848 Chars => New_Internal_Name ('S'));
2849
2850 -- If the bound is statically known to be out of range, we do not want
2851 -- to abort, we want a warning and a runtime constraint error. Note that
2852 -- we have arranged that the result will not be treated as a static
2853 -- constant, so we won't get an illegality during this insertion.
2854
2855 Insert_Action (Cnode,
2856 Make_Object_Declaration (Loc,
2857 Defining_Identifier => Ent,
2858 Object_Definition =>
2859 Make_Subtype_Indication (Loc,
2860 Subtype_Mark => New_Occurrence_Of (Atyp, Loc),
2861 Constraint =>
2862 Make_Index_Or_Discriminant_Constraint (Loc,
2863 Constraints => New_List (
2864 Make_Range (Loc,
2865 Low_Bound => Low_Bound,
2866 High_Bound => High_Bound))))),
2867 Suppress => All_Checks);
2868
2869 -- If the result of the concatenation appears as the initializing
2870 -- expression of an object declaration, we can just rename the
2871 -- result, rather than copying it.
2872
2873 Set_OK_To_Rename (Ent);
2874
2875 -- Catch the static out of range case now
2876
2877 if Raises_Constraint_Error (High_Bound) then
2878 raise Concatenation_Error;
2879 end if;
2880
2881 -- Now we will generate the assignments to do the actual concatenation
2882
2883 -- There is one case in which we will not do this, namely when all the
2884 -- following conditions are met:
2885
2886 -- The result type is Standard.String
2887
2888 -- There are nine or fewer retained (non-null) operands
2889
2890 -- The optimization level is -O0
2891
2892 -- The corresponding System.Concat_n.Str_Concat_n routine is
2893 -- available in the run time.
2894
2895 -- The debug flag gnatd.c is not set
2896
2897 -- If all these conditions are met then we generate a call to the
2898 -- relevant concatenation routine. The purpose of this is to avoid
2899 -- undesirable code bloat at -O0.
2900
2901 if Atyp = Standard_String
2902 and then NN in 2 .. 9
2903 and then (Opt.Optimization_Level = 0 or else Debug_Flag_Dot_CC)
2904 and then not Debug_Flag_Dot_C
2905 then
2906 declare
2907 RR : constant array (Nat range 2 .. 9) of RE_Id :=
2908 (RE_Str_Concat_2,
2909 RE_Str_Concat_3,
2910 RE_Str_Concat_4,
2911 RE_Str_Concat_5,
2912 RE_Str_Concat_6,
2913 RE_Str_Concat_7,
2914 RE_Str_Concat_8,
2915 RE_Str_Concat_9);
2916
2917 begin
2918 if RTE_Available (RR (NN)) then
2919 declare
2920 Opnds : constant List_Id :=
2921 New_List (New_Occurrence_Of (Ent, Loc));
2922
2923 begin
2924 for J in 1 .. NN loop
2925 if Is_List_Member (Operands (J)) then
2926 Remove (Operands (J));
2927 end if;
2928
2929 if Base_Type (Etype (Operands (J))) = Ctyp then
2930 Append_To (Opnds,
2931 Make_Aggregate (Loc,
2932 Component_Associations => New_List (
2933 Make_Component_Association (Loc,
2934 Choices => New_List (
2935 Make_Integer_Literal (Loc, 1)),
2936 Expression => Operands (J)))));
2937
2938 else
2939 Append_To (Opnds, Operands (J));
2940 end if;
2941 end loop;
2942
2943 Insert_Action (Cnode,
2944 Make_Procedure_Call_Statement (Loc,
2945 Name => New_Reference_To (RTE (RR (NN)), Loc),
2946 Parameter_Associations => Opnds));
2947
2948 Result := New_Reference_To (Ent, Loc);
2949 goto Done;
2950 end;
2951 end if;
2952 end;
2953 end if;
2954
2955 -- Not special case so generate the assignments
2956
2957 Known_Non_Null_Operand_Seen := False;
2958
2959 for J in 1 .. NN loop
2960 declare
2961 Lo : constant Node_Id :=
2962 Make_Op_Add (Loc,
2963 Left_Opnd => To_Artyp (New_Copy (Low_Bound)),
2964 Right_Opnd => Aggr_Length (J - 1));
2965
2966 Hi : constant Node_Id :=
2967 Make_Op_Add (Loc,
2968 Left_Opnd => To_Artyp (New_Copy (Low_Bound)),
2969 Right_Opnd =>
2970 Make_Op_Subtract (Loc,
2971 Left_Opnd => Aggr_Length (J),
2972 Right_Opnd => Make_Artyp_Literal (1)));
2973
2974 begin
2975 -- Singleton case, simple assignment
2976
2977 if Base_Type (Etype (Operands (J))) = Ctyp then
2978 Known_Non_Null_Operand_Seen := True;
2979 Insert_Action (Cnode,
2980 Make_Assignment_Statement (Loc,
2981 Name =>
2982 Make_Indexed_Component (Loc,
2983 Prefix => New_Occurrence_Of (Ent, Loc),
2984 Expressions => New_List (To_Ityp (Lo))),
2985 Expression => Operands (J)),
2986 Suppress => All_Checks);
2987
2988 -- Array case, slice assignment, skipped when argument is fixed
2989 -- length and known to be null.
2990
2991 elsif (not Is_Fixed_Length (J)) or else (Fixed_Length (J) > 0) then
2992 declare
2993 Assign : Node_Id :=
2994 Make_Assignment_Statement (Loc,
2995 Name =>
2996 Make_Slice (Loc,
2997 Prefix =>
2998 New_Occurrence_Of (Ent, Loc),
2999 Discrete_Range =>
3000 Make_Range (Loc,
3001 Low_Bound => To_Ityp (Lo),
3002 High_Bound => To_Ityp (Hi))),
3003 Expression => Operands (J));
3004 begin
3005 if Is_Fixed_Length (J) then
3006 Known_Non_Null_Operand_Seen := True;
3007
3008 elsif not Known_Non_Null_Operand_Seen then
3009
3010 -- Here if operand length is not statically known and no
3011 -- operand known to be non-null has been processed yet.
3012 -- If operand length is 0, we do not need to perform the
3013 -- assignment, and we must avoid the evaluation of the
3014 -- high bound of the slice, since it may underflow if the
3015 -- low bound is Ityp'First.
3016
3017 Assign :=
3018 Make_Implicit_If_Statement (Cnode,
3019 Condition =>
3020 Make_Op_Ne (Loc,
3021 Left_Opnd =>
3022 New_Occurrence_Of (Var_Length (J), Loc),
3023 Right_Opnd => Make_Integer_Literal (Loc, 0)),
3024 Then_Statements =>
3025 New_List (Assign));
3026 end if;
3027
3028 Insert_Action (Cnode, Assign, Suppress => All_Checks);
3029 end;
3030 end if;
3031 end;
3032 end loop;
3033
3034 -- Finally we build the result, which is a reference to the array object
3035
3036 Result := New_Reference_To (Ent, Loc);
3037
3038 <<Done>>
3039 Rewrite (Cnode, Result);
3040 Analyze_And_Resolve (Cnode, Atyp);
3041
3042 exception
3043 when Concatenation_Error =>
3044
3045 -- Kill warning generated for the declaration of the static out of
3046 -- range high bound, and instead generate a Constraint_Error with
3047 -- an appropriate specific message.
3048
3049 Kill_Dead_Code (Declaration_Node (Entity (High_Bound)));
3050 Apply_Compile_Time_Constraint_Error
3051 (N => Cnode,
3052 Msg => "concatenation result upper bound out of range?",
3053 Reason => CE_Range_Check_Failed);
3054 -- Set_Etype (Cnode, Atyp);
3055 end Expand_Concatenate;
3056
3057 ------------------------
3058 -- Expand_N_Allocator --
3059 ------------------------
3060
3061 procedure Expand_N_Allocator (N : Node_Id) is
3062 PtrT : constant Entity_Id := Etype (N);
3063 Dtyp : constant Entity_Id := Available_View (Designated_Type (PtrT));
3064 Etyp : constant Entity_Id := Etype (Expression (N));
3065 Loc : constant Source_Ptr := Sloc (N);
3066 Desig : Entity_Id;
3067 Temp : Entity_Id;
3068 Nod : Node_Id;
3069
3070 procedure Complete_Coextension_Finalization;
3071 -- Generate finalization calls for all nested coextensions of N. This
3072 -- routine may allocate list controllers if necessary.
3073
3074 procedure Rewrite_Coextension (N : Node_Id);
3075 -- Static coextensions have the same lifetime as the entity they
3076 -- constrain. Such occurrences can be rewritten as aliased objects
3077 -- and their unrestricted access used instead of the coextension.
3078
3079 function Size_In_Storage_Elements (E : Entity_Id) return Node_Id;
3080 -- Given a constrained array type E, returns a node representing the
3081 -- code to compute the size in storage elements for the given type.
3082 -- This is done without using the attribute (which malfunctions for
3083 -- large sizes ???)
3084
3085 ---------------------------------------
3086 -- Complete_Coextension_Finalization --
3087 ---------------------------------------
3088
3089 procedure Complete_Coextension_Finalization is
3090 Coext : Node_Id;
3091 Coext_Elmt : Elmt_Id;
3092 Flist : Node_Id;
3093 Ref : Node_Id;
3094
3095 function Inside_A_Return_Statement (N : Node_Id) return Boolean;
3096 -- Determine whether node N is part of a return statement
3097
3098 function Needs_Initialization_Call (N : Node_Id) return Boolean;
3099 -- Determine whether node N is a subtype indicator allocator which
3100 -- acts a coextension. Such coextensions need initialization.
3101
3102 -------------------------------
3103 -- Inside_A_Return_Statement --
3104 -------------------------------
3105
3106 function Inside_A_Return_Statement (N : Node_Id) return Boolean is
3107 P : Node_Id;
3108
3109 begin
3110 P := Parent (N);
3111 while Present (P) loop
3112 if Nkind_In
3113 (P, N_Extended_Return_Statement, N_Simple_Return_Statement)
3114 then
3115 return True;
3116
3117 -- Stop the traversal when we reach a subprogram body
3118
3119 elsif Nkind (P) = N_Subprogram_Body then
3120 return False;
3121 end if;
3122
3123 P := Parent (P);
3124 end loop;
3125
3126 return False;
3127 end Inside_A_Return_Statement;
3128
3129 -------------------------------
3130 -- Needs_Initialization_Call --
3131 -------------------------------
3132
3133 function Needs_Initialization_Call (N : Node_Id) return Boolean is
3134 Obj_Decl : Node_Id;
3135
3136 begin
3137 if Nkind (N) = N_Explicit_Dereference
3138 and then Nkind (Prefix (N)) = N_Identifier
3139 and then Nkind (Parent (Entity (Prefix (N)))) =
3140 N_Object_Declaration
3141 then
3142 Obj_Decl := Parent (Entity (Prefix (N)));
3143
3144 return
3145 Present (Expression (Obj_Decl))
3146 and then Nkind (Expression (Obj_Decl)) = N_Allocator
3147 and then Nkind (Expression (Expression (Obj_Decl))) /=
3148 N_Qualified_Expression;
3149 end if;
3150
3151 return False;
3152 end Needs_Initialization_Call;
3153
3154 -- Start of processing for Complete_Coextension_Finalization
3155
3156 begin
3157 -- When a coextension root is inside a return statement, we need to
3158 -- use the finalization chain of the function's scope. This does not
3159 -- apply for controlled named access types because in those cases we
3160 -- can use the finalization chain of the type itself.
3161
3162 if Inside_A_Return_Statement (N)
3163 and then
3164 (Ekind (PtrT) = E_Anonymous_Access_Type
3165 or else
3166 (Ekind (PtrT) = E_Access_Type
3167 and then No (Associated_Final_Chain (PtrT))))
3168 then
3169 declare
3170 Decl : Node_Id;
3171 Outer_S : Entity_Id;
3172 S : Entity_Id := Current_Scope;
3173
3174 begin
3175 while Present (S) and then S /= Standard_Standard loop
3176 if Ekind (S) = E_Function then
3177 Outer_S := Scope (S);
3178
3179 -- Retrieve the declaration of the body
3180
3181 Decl :=
3182 Parent
3183 (Parent
3184 (Corresponding_Body (Parent (Parent (S)))));
3185 exit;
3186 end if;
3187
3188 S := Scope (S);
3189 end loop;
3190
3191 -- Push the scope of the function body since we are inserting
3192 -- the list before the body, but we are currently in the body
3193 -- itself. Override the finalization list of PtrT since the
3194 -- finalization context is now different.
3195
3196 Push_Scope (Outer_S);
3197 Build_Final_List (Decl, PtrT);
3198 Pop_Scope;
3199 end;
3200
3201 -- The root allocator may not be controlled, but it still needs a
3202 -- finalization list for all nested coextensions.
3203
3204 elsif No (Associated_Final_Chain (PtrT)) then
3205 Build_Final_List (N, PtrT);
3206 end if;
3207
3208 Flist :=
3209 Make_Selected_Component (Loc,
3210 Prefix =>
3211 New_Reference_To (Associated_Final_Chain (PtrT), Loc),
3212 Selector_Name =>
3213 Make_Identifier (Loc, Name_F));
3214
3215 Coext_Elmt := First_Elmt (Coextensions (N));
3216 while Present (Coext_Elmt) loop
3217 Coext := Node (Coext_Elmt);
3218
3219 -- Generate:
3220 -- typ! (coext.all)
3221
3222 if Nkind (Coext) = N_Identifier then
3223 Ref :=
3224 Make_Unchecked_Type_Conversion (Loc,
3225 Subtype_Mark => New_Reference_To (Etype (Coext), Loc),
3226 Expression =>
3227 Make_Explicit_Dereference (Loc,
3228 Prefix => New_Copy_Tree (Coext)));
3229 else
3230 Ref := New_Copy_Tree (Coext);
3231 end if;
3232
3233 -- No initialization call if not allowed
3234
3235 Check_Restriction (No_Default_Initialization, N);
3236
3237 if not Restriction_Active (No_Default_Initialization) then
3238
3239 -- Generate:
3240 -- initialize (Ref)
3241 -- attach_to_final_list (Ref, Flist, 2)
3242
3243 if Needs_Initialization_Call (Coext) then
3244 Insert_Actions (N,
3245 Make_Init_Call (
3246 Ref => Ref,
3247 Typ => Etype (Coext),
3248 Flist_Ref => Flist,
3249 With_Attach => Make_Integer_Literal (Loc, Uint_2)));
3250
3251 -- Generate:
3252 -- attach_to_final_list (Ref, Flist, 2)
3253
3254 else
3255 Insert_Action (N,
3256 Make_Attach_Call (
3257 Obj_Ref => Ref,
3258 Flist_Ref => New_Copy_Tree (Flist),
3259 With_Attach => Make_Integer_Literal (Loc, Uint_2)));
3260 end if;
3261 end if;
3262
3263 Next_Elmt (Coext_Elmt);
3264 end loop;
3265 end Complete_Coextension_Finalization;
3266
3267 -------------------------
3268 -- Rewrite_Coextension --
3269 -------------------------
3270
3271 procedure Rewrite_Coextension (N : Node_Id) is
3272 Temp : constant Node_Id :=
3273 Make_Defining_Identifier (Loc,
3274 New_Internal_Name ('C'));
3275
3276 -- Generate:
3277 -- Cnn : aliased Etyp;
3278
3279 Decl : constant Node_Id :=
3280 Make_Object_Declaration (Loc,
3281 Defining_Identifier => Temp,
3282 Aliased_Present => True,
3283 Object_Definition =>
3284 New_Occurrence_Of (Etyp, Loc));
3285 Nod : Node_Id;
3286
3287 begin
3288 if Nkind (Expression (N)) = N_Qualified_Expression then
3289 Set_Expression (Decl, Expression (Expression (N)));
3290 end if;
3291
3292 -- Find the proper insertion node for the declaration
3293
3294 Nod := Parent (N);
3295 while Present (Nod) loop
3296 exit when Nkind (Nod) in N_Statement_Other_Than_Procedure_Call
3297 or else Nkind (Nod) = N_Procedure_Call_Statement
3298 or else Nkind (Nod) in N_Declaration;
3299 Nod := Parent (Nod);
3300 end loop;
3301
3302 Insert_Before (Nod, Decl);
3303 Analyze (Decl);
3304
3305 Rewrite (N,
3306 Make_Attribute_Reference (Loc,
3307 Prefix => New_Occurrence_Of (Temp, Loc),
3308 Attribute_Name => Name_Unrestricted_Access));
3309
3310 Analyze_And_Resolve (N, PtrT);
3311 end Rewrite_Coextension;
3312
3313 ------------------------------
3314 -- Size_In_Storage_Elements --
3315 ------------------------------
3316
3317 function Size_In_Storage_Elements (E : Entity_Id) return Node_Id is
3318 begin
3319 -- Logically this just returns E'Max_Size_In_Storage_Elements.
3320 -- However, the reason for the existence of this function is
3321 -- to construct a test for sizes too large, which means near the
3322 -- 32-bit limit on a 32-bit machine, and precisely the trouble
3323 -- is that we get overflows when sizes are greater than 2**31.
3324
3325 -- So what we end up doing for array types is to use the expression:
3326
3327 -- number-of-elements * component_type'Max_Size_In_Storage_Elements
3328
3329 -- which avoids this problem. All this is a big bogus, but it does
3330 -- mean we catch common cases of trying to allocate arrays that
3331 -- are too large, and which in the absence of a check results in
3332 -- undetected chaos ???
3333
3334 declare
3335 Len : Node_Id;
3336 Res : Node_Id;
3337
3338 begin
3339 for J in 1 .. Number_Dimensions (E) loop
3340 Len :=
3341 Make_Attribute_Reference (Loc,
3342 Prefix => New_Occurrence_Of (E, Loc),
3343 Attribute_Name => Name_Length,
3344 Expressions => New_List (
3345 Make_Integer_Literal (Loc, J)));
3346
3347 if J = 1 then
3348 Res := Len;
3349
3350 else
3351 Res :=
3352 Make_Op_Multiply (Loc,
3353 Left_Opnd => Res,
3354 Right_Opnd => Len);
3355 end if;
3356 end loop;
3357
3358 return
3359 Make_Op_Multiply (Loc,
3360 Left_Opnd => Len,
3361 Right_Opnd =>
3362 Make_Attribute_Reference (Loc,
3363 Prefix => New_Occurrence_Of (Component_Type (E), Loc),
3364 Attribute_Name => Name_Max_Size_In_Storage_Elements));
3365 end;
3366 end Size_In_Storage_Elements;
3367
3368 -- Start of processing for Expand_N_Allocator
3369
3370 begin
3371 -- RM E.2.3(22). We enforce that the expected type of an allocator
3372 -- shall not be a remote access-to-class-wide-limited-private type
3373
3374 -- Why is this being done at expansion time, seems clearly wrong ???
3375
3376 Validate_Remote_Access_To_Class_Wide_Type (N);
3377
3378 -- Set the Storage Pool
3379
3380 Set_Storage_Pool (N, Associated_Storage_Pool (Root_Type (PtrT)));
3381
3382 if Present (Storage_Pool (N)) then
3383 if Is_RTE (Storage_Pool (N), RE_SS_Pool) then
3384 if VM_Target = No_VM then
3385 Set_Procedure_To_Call (N, RTE (RE_SS_Allocate));
3386 end if;
3387
3388 elsif Is_Class_Wide_Type (Etype (Storage_Pool (N))) then
3389 Set_Procedure_To_Call (N, RTE (RE_Allocate_Any));
3390
3391 else
3392 Set_Procedure_To_Call (N,
3393 Find_Prim_Op (Etype (Storage_Pool (N)), Name_Allocate));
3394 end if;
3395 end if;
3396
3397 -- Under certain circumstances we can replace an allocator by an access
3398 -- to statically allocated storage. The conditions, as noted in AARM
3399 -- 3.10 (10c) are as follows:
3400
3401 -- Size and initial value is known at compile time
3402 -- Access type is access-to-constant
3403
3404 -- The allocator is not part of a constraint on a record component,
3405 -- because in that case the inserted actions are delayed until the
3406 -- record declaration is fully analyzed, which is too late for the
3407 -- analysis of the rewritten allocator.
3408
3409 if Is_Access_Constant (PtrT)
3410 and then Nkind (Expression (N)) = N_Qualified_Expression
3411 and then Compile_Time_Known_Value (Expression (Expression (N)))
3412 and then Size_Known_At_Compile_Time (Etype (Expression
3413 (Expression (N))))
3414 and then not Is_Record_Type (Current_Scope)
3415 then
3416 -- Here we can do the optimization. For the allocator
3417
3418 -- new x'(y)
3419
3420 -- We insert an object declaration
3421
3422 -- Tnn : aliased x := y;
3423
3424 -- and replace the allocator by Tnn'Unrestricted_Access. Tnn is
3425 -- marked as requiring static allocation.
3426
3427 Temp :=
3428 Make_Defining_Identifier (Loc, New_Internal_Name ('T'));
3429
3430 Desig := Subtype_Mark (Expression (N));
3431
3432 -- If context is constrained, use constrained subtype directly,
3433 -- so that the constant is not labelled as having a nominally
3434 -- unconstrained subtype.
3435
3436 if Entity (Desig) = Base_Type (Dtyp) then
3437 Desig := New_Occurrence_Of (Dtyp, Loc);
3438 end if;
3439
3440 Insert_Action (N,
3441 Make_Object_Declaration (Loc,
3442 Defining_Identifier => Temp,
3443 Aliased_Present => True,
3444 Constant_Present => Is_Access_Constant (PtrT),
3445 Object_Definition => Desig,
3446 Expression => Expression (Expression (N))));
3447
3448 Rewrite (N,
3449 Make_Attribute_Reference (Loc,
3450 Prefix => New_Occurrence_Of (Temp, Loc),
3451 Attribute_Name => Name_Unrestricted_Access));
3452
3453 Analyze_And_Resolve (N, PtrT);
3454
3455 -- We set the variable as statically allocated, since we don't want
3456 -- it going on the stack of the current procedure!
3457
3458 Set_Is_Statically_Allocated (Temp);
3459 return;
3460 end if;
3461
3462 -- Same if the allocator is an access discriminant for a local object:
3463 -- instead of an allocator we create a local value and constrain the
3464 -- the enclosing object with the corresponding access attribute.
3465
3466 if Is_Static_Coextension (N) then
3467 Rewrite_Coextension (N);
3468 return;
3469 end if;
3470
3471 -- The current allocator creates an object which may contain nested
3472 -- coextensions. Use the current allocator's finalization list to
3473 -- generate finalization call for all nested coextensions.
3474
3475 if Is_Coextension_Root (N) then
3476 Complete_Coextension_Finalization;
3477 end if;
3478
3479 -- Check for size too large, we do this because the back end misses
3480 -- proper checks here and can generate rubbish allocation calls when
3481 -- we are near the limit. We only do this for the 32-bit address case
3482 -- since that is from a practical point of view where we see a problem.
3483
3484 if System_Address_Size = 32
3485 and then not Storage_Checks_Suppressed (PtrT)
3486 and then not Storage_Checks_Suppressed (Dtyp)
3487 and then not Storage_Checks_Suppressed (Etyp)
3488 then
3489 -- The check we want to generate should look like
3490
3491 -- if Etyp'Max_Size_In_Storage_Elements > 3.5 gigabytes then
3492 -- raise Storage_Error;
3493 -- end if;
3494
3495 -- where 3.5 gigabytes is a constant large enough to accomodate any
3496 -- reasonable request for. But we can't do it this way because at
3497 -- least at the moment we don't compute this attribute right, and
3498 -- can silently give wrong results when the result gets large. Since
3499 -- this is all about large results, that's bad, so instead we only
3500 -- apply the check for constrained arrays, and manually compute the
3501 -- value of the attribute ???
3502
3503 if Is_Array_Type (Etyp) and then Is_Constrained (Etyp) then
3504 Insert_Action (N,
3505 Make_Raise_Storage_Error (Loc,
3506 Condition =>
3507 Make_Op_Gt (Loc,
3508 Left_Opnd => Size_In_Storage_Elements (Etyp),
3509 Right_Opnd =>
3510 Make_Integer_Literal (Loc,
3511 Intval => Uint_7 * (Uint_2 ** 29))),
3512 Reason => SE_Object_Too_Large));
3513 end if;
3514 end if;
3515
3516 -- Handle case of qualified expression (other than optimization above)
3517 -- First apply constraint checks, because the bounds or discriminants
3518 -- in the aggregate might not match the subtype mark in the allocator.
3519
3520 if Nkind (Expression (N)) = N_Qualified_Expression then
3521 Apply_Constraint_Check
3522 (Expression (Expression (N)), Etype (Expression (N)));
3523
3524 Expand_Allocator_Expression (N);
3525 return;
3526 end if;
3527
3528 -- If the allocator is for a type which requires initialization, and
3529 -- there is no initial value (i.e. operand is a subtype indication
3530 -- rather than a qualified expression), then we must generate a call to
3531 -- the initialization routine using an expressions action node:
3532
3533 -- [Pnnn : constant ptr_T := new (T); Init (Pnnn.all,...); Pnnn]
3534
3535 -- Here ptr_T is the pointer type for the allocator, and T is the
3536 -- subtype of the allocator. A special case arises if the designated
3537 -- type of the access type is a task or contains tasks. In this case
3538 -- the call to Init (Temp.all ...) is replaced by code that ensures
3539 -- that tasks get activated (see Exp_Ch9.Build_Task_Allocate_Block
3540 -- for details). In addition, if the type T is a task T, then the
3541 -- first argument to Init must be converted to the task record type.
3542
3543 declare
3544 T : constant Entity_Id := Entity (Expression (N));
3545 Init : Entity_Id;
3546 Arg1 : Node_Id;
3547 Args : List_Id;
3548 Decls : List_Id;
3549 Decl : Node_Id;
3550 Discr : Elmt_Id;
3551 Flist : Node_Id;
3552 Temp_Decl : Node_Id;
3553 Temp_Type : Entity_Id;
3554 Attach_Level : Uint;
3555
3556 begin
3557 if No_Initialization (N) then
3558 null;
3559
3560 -- Case of no initialization procedure present
3561
3562 elsif not Has_Non_Null_Base_Init_Proc (T) then
3563
3564 -- Case of simple initialization required
3565
3566 if Needs_Simple_Initialization (T) then
3567 Check_Restriction (No_Default_Initialization, N);
3568 Rewrite (Expression (N),
3569 Make_Qualified_Expression (Loc,
3570 Subtype_Mark => New_Occurrence_Of (T, Loc),
3571 Expression => Get_Simple_Init_Val (T, N)));
3572
3573 Analyze_And_Resolve (Expression (Expression (N)), T);
3574 Analyze_And_Resolve (Expression (N), T);
3575 Set_Paren_Count (Expression (Expression (N)), 1);
3576 Expand_N_Allocator (N);
3577
3578 -- No initialization required
3579
3580 else
3581 null;
3582 end if;
3583
3584 -- Case of initialization procedure present, must be called
3585
3586 else
3587 Check_Restriction (No_Default_Initialization, N);
3588
3589 if not Restriction_Active (No_Default_Initialization) then
3590 Init := Base_Init_Proc (T);
3591 Nod := N;
3592 Temp := Make_Defining_Identifier (Loc, New_Internal_Name ('P'));
3593
3594 -- Construct argument list for the initialization routine call
3595
3596 Arg1 :=
3597 Make_Explicit_Dereference (Loc,
3598 Prefix => New_Reference_To (Temp, Loc));
3599 Set_Assignment_OK (Arg1);
3600 Temp_Type := PtrT;
3601
3602 -- The initialization procedure expects a specific type. if the
3603 -- context is access to class wide, indicate that the object
3604 -- being allocated has the right specific type.
3605
3606 if Is_Class_Wide_Type (Dtyp) then
3607 Arg1 := Unchecked_Convert_To (T, Arg1);
3608 end if;
3609
3610 -- If designated type is a concurrent type or if it is private
3611 -- type whose definition is a concurrent type, the first
3612 -- argument in the Init routine has to be unchecked conversion
3613 -- to the corresponding record type. If the designated type is
3614 -- a derived type, we also convert the argument to its root
3615 -- type.
3616
3617 if Is_Concurrent_Type (T) then
3618 Arg1 :=
3619 Unchecked_Convert_To (Corresponding_Record_Type (T), Arg1);
3620
3621 elsif Is_Private_Type (T)
3622 and then Present (Full_View (T))
3623 and then Is_Concurrent_Type (Full_View (T))
3624 then
3625 Arg1 :=
3626 Unchecked_Convert_To
3627 (Corresponding_Record_Type (Full_View (T)), Arg1);
3628
3629 elsif Etype (First_Formal (Init)) /= Base_Type (T) then
3630 declare
3631 Ftyp : constant Entity_Id := Etype (First_Formal (Init));
3632 begin
3633 Arg1 := OK_Convert_To (Etype (Ftyp), Arg1);
3634 Set_Etype (Arg1, Ftyp);
3635 end;
3636 end if;
3637
3638 Args := New_List (Arg1);
3639
3640 -- For the task case, pass the Master_Id of the access type as
3641 -- the value of the _Master parameter, and _Chain as the value
3642 -- of the _Chain parameter (_Chain will be defined as part of
3643 -- the generated code for the allocator).
3644
3645 -- In Ada 2005, the context may be a function that returns an
3646 -- anonymous access type. In that case the Master_Id has been
3647 -- created when expanding the function declaration.
3648
3649 if Has_Task (T) then
3650 if No (Master_Id (Base_Type (PtrT))) then
3651
3652 -- If we have a non-library level task with restriction
3653 -- No_Task_Hierarchy set, then no point in expanding.
3654
3655 if not Is_Library_Level_Entity (T)
3656 and then Restriction_Active (No_Task_Hierarchy)
3657 then
3658 return;
3659 end if;
3660
3661 -- The designated type was an incomplete type, and the
3662 -- access type did not get expanded. Salvage it now.
3663
3664 pragma Assert (Present (Parent (Base_Type (PtrT))));
3665 Expand_N_Full_Type_Declaration
3666 (Parent (Base_Type (PtrT)));
3667 end if;
3668
3669 -- If the context of the allocator is a declaration or an
3670 -- assignment, we can generate a meaningful image for it,
3671 -- even though subsequent assignments might remove the
3672 -- connection between task and entity. We build this image
3673 -- when the left-hand side is a simple variable, a simple
3674 -- indexed assignment or a simple selected component.
3675
3676 if Nkind (Parent (N)) = N_Assignment_Statement then
3677 declare
3678 Nam : constant Node_Id := Name (Parent (N));
3679
3680 begin
3681 if Is_Entity_Name (Nam) then
3682 Decls :=
3683 Build_Task_Image_Decls
3684 (Loc,
3685 New_Occurrence_Of
3686 (Entity (Nam), Sloc (Nam)), T);
3687
3688 elsif Nkind_In
3689 (Nam, N_Indexed_Component, N_Selected_Component)
3690 and then Is_Entity_Name (Prefix (Nam))
3691 then
3692 Decls :=
3693 Build_Task_Image_Decls
3694 (Loc, Nam, Etype (Prefix (Nam)));
3695 else
3696 Decls := Build_Task_Image_Decls (Loc, T, T);
3697 end if;
3698 end;
3699
3700 elsif Nkind (Parent (N)) = N_Object_Declaration then
3701 Decls :=
3702 Build_Task_Image_Decls
3703 (Loc, Defining_Identifier (Parent (N)), T);
3704
3705 else
3706 Decls := Build_Task_Image_Decls (Loc, T, T);
3707 end if;
3708
3709 Append_To (Args,
3710 New_Reference_To
3711 (Master_Id (Base_Type (Root_Type (PtrT))), Loc));
3712 Append_To (Args, Make_Identifier (Loc, Name_uChain));
3713
3714 Decl := Last (Decls);
3715 Append_To (Args,
3716 New_Occurrence_Of (Defining_Identifier (Decl), Loc));
3717
3718 -- Has_Task is false, Decls not used
3719
3720 else
3721 Decls := No_List;
3722 end if;
3723
3724 -- Add discriminants if discriminated type
3725
3726 declare
3727 Dis : Boolean := False;
3728 Typ : Entity_Id;
3729
3730 begin
3731 if Has_Discriminants (T) then
3732 Dis := True;
3733 Typ := T;
3734
3735 elsif Is_Private_Type (T)
3736 and then Present (Full_View (T))
3737 and then Has_Discriminants (Full_View (T))
3738 then
3739 Dis := True;
3740 Typ := Full_View (T);
3741 end if;
3742
3743 if Dis then
3744
3745 -- If the allocated object will be constrained by the
3746 -- default values for discriminants, then build a subtype
3747 -- with those defaults, and change the allocated subtype
3748 -- to that. Note that this happens in fewer cases in Ada
3749 -- 2005 (AI-363).
3750
3751 if not Is_Constrained (Typ)
3752 and then Present (Discriminant_Default_Value
3753 (First_Discriminant (Typ)))
3754 and then (Ada_Version < Ada_05
3755 or else
3756 not Has_Constrained_Partial_View (Typ))
3757 then
3758 Typ := Build_Default_Subtype (Typ, N);
3759 Set_Expression (N, New_Reference_To (Typ, Loc));
3760 end if;
3761
3762 Discr := First_Elmt (Discriminant_Constraint (Typ));
3763 while Present (Discr) loop
3764 Nod := Node (Discr);
3765 Append (New_Copy_Tree (Node (Discr)), Args);
3766
3767 -- AI-416: when the discriminant constraint is an
3768 -- anonymous access type make sure an accessibility
3769 -- check is inserted if necessary (3.10.2(22.q/2))
3770
3771 if Ada_Version >= Ada_05
3772 and then
3773 Ekind (Etype (Nod)) = E_Anonymous_Access_Type
3774 then
3775 Apply_Accessibility_Check
3776 (Nod, Typ, Insert_Node => Nod);
3777 end if;
3778
3779 Next_Elmt (Discr);
3780 end loop;
3781 end if;
3782 end;
3783
3784 -- We set the allocator as analyzed so that when we analyze the
3785 -- expression actions node, we do not get an unwanted recursive
3786 -- expansion of the allocator expression.
3787
3788 Set_Analyzed (N, True);
3789 Nod := Relocate_Node (N);
3790
3791 -- Here is the transformation:
3792 -- input: new T
3793 -- output: Temp : constant ptr_T := new T;
3794 -- Init (Temp.all, ...);
3795 -- <CTRL> Attach_To_Final_List (Finalizable (Temp.all));
3796 -- <CTRL> Initialize (Finalizable (Temp.all));
3797
3798 -- Here ptr_T is the pointer type for the allocator, and is the
3799 -- subtype of the allocator.
3800
3801 Temp_Decl :=
3802 Make_Object_Declaration (Loc,
3803 Defining_Identifier => Temp,
3804 Constant_Present => True,
3805 Object_Definition => New_Reference_To (Temp_Type, Loc),
3806 Expression => Nod);
3807
3808 Set_Assignment_OK (Temp_Decl);
3809 Insert_Action (N, Temp_Decl, Suppress => All_Checks);
3810
3811 -- If the designated type is a task type or contains tasks,
3812 -- create block to activate created tasks, and insert
3813 -- declaration for Task_Image variable ahead of call.
3814
3815 if Has_Task (T) then
3816 declare
3817 L : constant List_Id := New_List;
3818 Blk : Node_Id;
3819 begin
3820 Build_Task_Allocate_Block (L, Nod, Args);
3821 Blk := Last (L);
3822 Insert_List_Before (First (Declarations (Blk)), Decls);
3823 Insert_Actions (N, L);
3824 end;
3825
3826 else
3827 Insert_Action (N,
3828 Make_Procedure_Call_Statement (Loc,
3829 Name => New_Reference_To (Init, Loc),
3830 Parameter_Associations => Args));
3831 end if;
3832
3833 if Needs_Finalization (T) then
3834
3835 -- Postpone the generation of a finalization call for the
3836 -- current allocator if it acts as a coextension.
3837
3838 if Is_Dynamic_Coextension (N) then
3839 if No (Coextensions (N)) then
3840 Set_Coextensions (N, New_Elmt_List);
3841 end if;
3842
3843 Append_Elmt (New_Copy_Tree (Arg1), Coextensions (N));
3844
3845 else
3846 Flist :=
3847 Get_Allocator_Final_List (N, Base_Type (T), PtrT);
3848
3849 -- Anonymous access types created for access parameters
3850 -- are attached to an explicitly constructed controller,
3851 -- which ensures that they can be finalized properly,
3852 -- even if their deallocation might not happen. The list
3853 -- associated with the controller is doubly-linked. For
3854 -- other anonymous access types, the object may end up
3855 -- on the global final list which is singly-linked.
3856 -- Work needed for access discriminants in Ada 2005 ???
3857
3858 if Ekind (PtrT) = E_Anonymous_Access_Type then
3859 Attach_Level := Uint_1;
3860 else
3861 Attach_Level := Uint_2;
3862 end if;
3863
3864 Insert_Actions (N,
3865 Make_Init_Call (
3866 Ref => New_Copy_Tree (Arg1),
3867 Typ => T,
3868 Flist_Ref => Flist,
3869 With_Attach => Make_Integer_Literal (Loc,
3870 Intval => Attach_Level)));
3871 end if;
3872 end if;
3873
3874 Rewrite (N, New_Reference_To (Temp, Loc));
3875 Analyze_And_Resolve (N, PtrT);
3876 end if;
3877 end if;
3878 end;
3879
3880 -- Ada 2005 (AI-251): If the allocator is for a class-wide interface
3881 -- object that has been rewritten as a reference, we displace "this"
3882 -- to reference properly its secondary dispatch table.
3883
3884 if Nkind (N) = N_Identifier
3885 and then Is_Interface (Dtyp)
3886 then
3887 Displace_Allocator_Pointer (N);
3888 end if;
3889
3890 exception
3891 when RE_Not_Available =>
3892 return;
3893 end Expand_N_Allocator;
3894
3895 -----------------------
3896 -- Expand_N_And_Then --
3897 -----------------------
3898
3899 -- Expand into conditional expression if Actions present, and also deal
3900 -- with optimizing case of arguments being True or False.
3901
3902 procedure Expand_N_And_Then (N : Node_Id) is
3903 Loc : constant Source_Ptr := Sloc (N);
3904 Typ : constant Entity_Id := Etype (N);
3905 Left : constant Node_Id := Left_Opnd (N);
3906 Right : constant Node_Id := Right_Opnd (N);
3907 Actlist : List_Id;
3908
3909 begin
3910 -- Deal with non-standard booleans
3911
3912 if Is_Boolean_Type (Typ) then
3913 Adjust_Condition (Left);
3914 Adjust_Condition (Right);
3915 Set_Etype (N, Standard_Boolean);
3916 end if;
3917
3918 -- Check for cases where left argument is known to be True or False
3919
3920 if Compile_Time_Known_Value (Left) then
3921
3922 -- If left argument is True, change (True and then Right) to Right.
3923 -- Any actions associated with Right will be executed unconditionally
3924 -- and can thus be inserted into the tree unconditionally.
3925
3926 if Expr_Value_E (Left) = Standard_True then
3927 if Present (Actions (N)) then
3928 Insert_Actions (N, Actions (N));
3929 end if;
3930
3931 Rewrite (N, Right);
3932
3933 -- If left argument is False, change (False and then Right) to False.
3934 -- In this case we can forget the actions associated with Right,
3935 -- since they will never be executed.
3936
3937 else pragma Assert (Expr_Value_E (Left) = Standard_False);
3938 Kill_Dead_Code (Right);
3939 Kill_Dead_Code (Actions (N));
3940 Rewrite (N, New_Occurrence_Of (Standard_False, Loc));
3941 end if;
3942
3943 Adjust_Result_Type (N, Typ);
3944 return;
3945 end if;
3946
3947 -- If Actions are present, we expand
3948
3949 -- left and then right
3950
3951 -- into
3952
3953 -- if left then right else false end
3954
3955 -- with the actions becoming the Then_Actions of the conditional
3956 -- expression. This conditional expression is then further expanded
3957 -- (and will eventually disappear)
3958
3959 if Present (Actions (N)) then
3960 Actlist := Actions (N);
3961 Rewrite (N,
3962 Make_Conditional_Expression (Loc,
3963 Expressions => New_List (
3964 Left,
3965 Right,
3966 New_Occurrence_Of (Standard_False, Loc))));
3967
3968 Set_Then_Actions (N, Actlist);
3969 Analyze_And_Resolve (N, Standard_Boolean);
3970 Adjust_Result_Type (N, Typ);
3971 return;
3972 end if;
3973
3974 -- No actions present, check for cases of right argument True/False
3975
3976 if Compile_Time_Known_Value (Right) then
3977
3978 -- Change (Left and then True) to Left. Note that we know there are
3979 -- no actions associated with the True operand, since we just checked
3980 -- for this case above.
3981
3982 if Expr_Value_E (Right) = Standard_True then
3983 Rewrite (N, Left);
3984
3985 -- Change (Left and then False) to False, making sure to preserve any
3986 -- side effects associated with the Left operand.
3987
3988 else pragma Assert (Expr_Value_E (Right) = Standard_False);
3989 Remove_Side_Effects (Left);
3990 Rewrite (N, New_Occurrence_Of (Standard_False, Loc));
3991 end if;
3992 end if;
3993
3994 Adjust_Result_Type (N, Typ);
3995 end Expand_N_And_Then;
3996
3997 -------------------------------------
3998 -- Expand_N_Conditional_Expression --
3999 -------------------------------------
4000
4001 -- Expand into expression actions if then/else actions present
4002
4003 procedure Expand_N_Conditional_Expression (N : Node_Id) is
4004 Loc : constant Source_Ptr := Sloc (N);
4005 Cond : constant Node_Id := First (Expressions (N));
4006 Thenx : constant Node_Id := Next (Cond);
4007 Elsex : constant Node_Id := Next (Thenx);
4008 Typ : constant Entity_Id := Etype (N);
4009 Cnn : Entity_Id;
4010 New_If : Node_Id;
4011
4012 begin
4013 -- If either then or else actions are present, then given:
4014
4015 -- if cond then then-expr else else-expr end
4016
4017 -- we insert the following sequence of actions (using Insert_Actions):
4018
4019 -- Cnn : typ;
4020 -- if cond then
4021 -- <<then actions>>
4022 -- Cnn := then-expr;
4023 -- else
4024 -- <<else actions>>
4025 -- Cnn := else-expr
4026 -- end if;
4027
4028 -- and replace the conditional expression by a reference to Cnn
4029
4030 -- ??? Note: this expansion is wrong for limited types, since it does
4031 -- a copy of a limited value. The proper fix would be to do the
4032 -- following expansion:
4033
4034 -- Cnn : access typ;
4035 -- if cond then
4036 -- <<then actions>>
4037 -- Cnn := then-expr'Unrestricted_Access;
4038 -- else
4039 -- <<else actions>>
4040 -- Cnn := else-expr'Unrestricted_Access;
4041 -- end if;
4042
4043 -- and replace the conditional expresion by a reference to Cnn.all ???
4044
4045 if Present (Then_Actions (N)) or else Present (Else_Actions (N)) then
4046 Cnn := Make_Temporary (Loc, 'C', N);
4047
4048 New_If :=
4049 Make_Implicit_If_Statement (N,
4050 Condition => Relocate_Node (Cond),
4051
4052 Then_Statements => New_List (
4053 Make_Assignment_Statement (Sloc (Thenx),
4054 Name => New_Occurrence_Of (Cnn, Sloc (Thenx)),
4055 Expression => Relocate_Node (Thenx))),
4056
4057 Else_Statements => New_List (
4058 Make_Assignment_Statement (Sloc (Elsex),
4059 Name => New_Occurrence_Of (Cnn, Sloc (Elsex)),
4060 Expression => Relocate_Node (Elsex))));
4061
4062 -- Move the SLOC of the parent If statement to the newly created one
4063 -- and change it to the SLOC of the expression which, after
4064 -- expansion, will correspond to what is being evaluated.
4065
4066 if Present (Parent (N))
4067 and then Nkind (Parent (N)) = N_If_Statement
4068 then
4069 Set_Sloc (New_If, Sloc (Parent (N)));
4070 Set_Sloc (Parent (N), Loc);
4071 end if;
4072
4073 Set_Assignment_OK (Name (First (Then_Statements (New_If))));
4074 Set_Assignment_OK (Name (First (Else_Statements (New_If))));
4075
4076 if Present (Then_Actions (N)) then
4077 Insert_List_Before
4078 (First (Then_Statements (New_If)), Then_Actions (N));
4079 end if;
4080
4081 if Present (Else_Actions (N)) then
4082 Insert_List_Before
4083 (First (Else_Statements (New_If)), Else_Actions (N));
4084 end if;
4085
4086 Rewrite (N, New_Occurrence_Of (Cnn, Loc));
4087
4088 Insert_Action (N,
4089 Make_Object_Declaration (Loc,
4090 Defining_Identifier => Cnn,
4091 Object_Definition => New_Occurrence_Of (Typ, Loc)));
4092
4093 Insert_Action (N, New_If);
4094 Analyze_And_Resolve (N, Typ);
4095 end if;
4096 end Expand_N_Conditional_Expression;
4097
4098 -----------------------------------
4099 -- Expand_N_Explicit_Dereference --
4100 -----------------------------------
4101
4102 procedure Expand_N_Explicit_Dereference (N : Node_Id) is
4103 begin
4104 -- Insert explicit dereference call for the checked storage pool case
4105
4106 Insert_Dereference_Action (Prefix (N));
4107 end Expand_N_Explicit_Dereference;
4108
4109 -----------------
4110 -- Expand_N_In --
4111 -----------------
4112
4113 procedure Expand_N_In (N : Node_Id) is
4114 Loc : constant Source_Ptr := Sloc (N);
4115 Rtyp : constant Entity_Id := Etype (N);
4116 Lop : constant Node_Id := Left_Opnd (N);
4117 Rop : constant Node_Id := Right_Opnd (N);
4118 Static : constant Boolean := Is_OK_Static_Expression (N);
4119
4120 procedure Expand_Set_Membership;
4121 -- For each disjunct we create a simple equality or membership test.
4122 -- The whole membership is rewritten as a short-circuit disjunction.
4123
4124 ---------------------------
4125 -- Expand_Set_Membership --
4126 ---------------------------
4127
4128 procedure Expand_Set_Membership is
4129 Alt : Node_Id;
4130 Res : Node_Id;
4131
4132 function Make_Cond (Alt : Node_Id) return Node_Id;
4133 -- If the alternative is a subtype mark, create a simple membership
4134 -- test. Otherwise create an equality test for it.
4135
4136 ---------------
4137 -- Make_Cond --
4138 ---------------
4139
4140 function Make_Cond (Alt : Node_Id) return Node_Id is
4141 Cond : Node_Id;
4142 L : constant Node_Id := New_Copy (Lop);
4143 R : constant Node_Id := Relocate_Node (Alt);
4144
4145 begin
4146 if Is_Entity_Name (Alt)
4147 and then Is_Type (Entity (Alt))
4148 then
4149 Cond :=
4150 Make_In (Sloc (Alt),
4151 Left_Opnd => L,
4152 Right_Opnd => R);
4153 else
4154 Cond := Make_Op_Eq (Sloc (Alt),
4155 Left_Opnd => L,
4156 Right_Opnd => R);
4157 end if;
4158
4159 return Cond;
4160 end Make_Cond;
4161
4162 -- Start of proessing for Expand_N_In
4163
4164 begin
4165 Alt := Last (Alternatives (N));
4166 Res := Make_Cond (Alt);
4167
4168 Prev (Alt);
4169 while Present (Alt) loop
4170 Res :=
4171 Make_Or_Else (Sloc (Alt),
4172 Left_Opnd => Make_Cond (Alt),
4173 Right_Opnd => Res);
4174 Prev (Alt);
4175 end loop;
4176
4177 Rewrite (N, Res);
4178 Analyze_And_Resolve (N, Standard_Boolean);
4179 end Expand_Set_Membership;
4180
4181 procedure Substitute_Valid_Check;
4182 -- Replaces node N by Lop'Valid. This is done when we have an explicit
4183 -- test for the left operand being in range of its subtype.
4184
4185 ----------------------------
4186 -- Substitute_Valid_Check --
4187 ----------------------------
4188
4189 procedure Substitute_Valid_Check is
4190 begin
4191 Rewrite (N,
4192 Make_Attribute_Reference (Loc,
4193 Prefix => Relocate_Node (Lop),
4194 Attribute_Name => Name_Valid));
4195
4196 Analyze_And_Resolve (N, Rtyp);
4197
4198 Error_Msg_N ("?explicit membership test may be optimized away", N);
4199 Error_Msg_N ("\?use ''Valid attribute instead", N);
4200 return;
4201 end Substitute_Valid_Check;
4202
4203 -- Start of processing for Expand_N_In
4204
4205 begin
4206
4207 if Present (Alternatives (N)) then
4208 Remove_Side_Effects (Lop);
4209 Expand_Set_Membership;
4210 return;
4211 end if;
4212
4213 -- Check case of explicit test for an expression in range of its
4214 -- subtype. This is suspicious usage and we replace it with a 'Valid
4215 -- test and give a warning.
4216
4217 if Is_Scalar_Type (Etype (Lop))
4218 and then Nkind (Rop) in N_Has_Entity
4219 and then Etype (Lop) = Entity (Rop)
4220 and then Comes_From_Source (N)
4221 and then VM_Target = No_VM
4222 then
4223 Substitute_Valid_Check;
4224 return;
4225 end if;
4226
4227 -- Do validity check on operands
4228
4229 if Validity_Checks_On and Validity_Check_Operands then
4230 Ensure_Valid (Left_Opnd (N));
4231 Validity_Check_Range (Right_Opnd (N));
4232 end if;
4233
4234 -- Case of explicit range
4235
4236 if Nkind (Rop) = N_Range then
4237 declare
4238 Lo : constant Node_Id := Low_Bound (Rop);
4239 Hi : constant Node_Id := High_Bound (Rop);
4240
4241 Ltyp : constant Entity_Id := Etype (Lop);
4242
4243 Lo_Orig : constant Node_Id := Original_Node (Lo);
4244 Hi_Orig : constant Node_Id := Original_Node (Hi);
4245
4246 Lcheck : Compare_Result;
4247 Ucheck : Compare_Result;
4248
4249 Warn1 : constant Boolean :=
4250 Constant_Condition_Warnings
4251 and then Comes_From_Source (N)
4252 and then not In_Instance;
4253 -- This must be true for any of the optimization warnings, we
4254 -- clearly want to give them only for source with the flag on.
4255 -- We also skip these warnings in an instance since it may be
4256 -- the case that different instantiations have different ranges.
4257
4258 Warn2 : constant Boolean :=
4259 Warn1
4260 and then Nkind (Original_Node (Rop)) = N_Range
4261 and then Is_Integer_Type (Etype (Lo));
4262 -- For the case where only one bound warning is elided, we also
4263 -- insist on an explicit range and an integer type. The reason is
4264 -- that the use of enumeration ranges including an end point is
4265 -- common, as is the use of a subtype name, one of whose bounds
4266 -- is the same as the type of the expression.
4267
4268 begin
4269 -- If test is explicit x'first .. x'last, replace by valid check
4270
4271 if Is_Scalar_Type (Ltyp)
4272 and then Nkind (Lo_Orig) = N_Attribute_Reference
4273 and then Attribute_Name (Lo_Orig) = Name_First
4274 and then Nkind (Prefix (Lo_Orig)) in N_Has_Entity
4275 and then Entity (Prefix (Lo_Orig)) = Ltyp
4276 and then Nkind (Hi_Orig) = N_Attribute_Reference
4277 and then Attribute_Name (Hi_Orig) = Name_Last
4278 and then Nkind (Prefix (Hi_Orig)) in N_Has_Entity
4279 and then Entity (Prefix (Hi_Orig)) = Ltyp
4280 and then Comes_From_Source (N)
4281 and then VM_Target = No_VM
4282 then
4283 Substitute_Valid_Check;
4284 return;
4285 end if;
4286
4287 -- If bounds of type are known at compile time, and the end points
4288 -- are known at compile time and identical, this is another case
4289 -- for substituting a valid test. We only do this for discrete
4290 -- types, since it won't arise in practice for float types.
4291
4292 if Comes_From_Source (N)
4293 and then Is_Discrete_Type (Ltyp)
4294 and then Compile_Time_Known_Value (Type_High_Bound (Ltyp))
4295 and then Compile_Time_Known_Value (Type_Low_Bound (Ltyp))
4296 and then Compile_Time_Known_Value (Lo)
4297 and then Compile_Time_Known_Value (Hi)
4298 and then Expr_Value (Type_High_Bound (Ltyp)) = Expr_Value (Hi)
4299 and then Expr_Value (Type_Low_Bound (Ltyp)) = Expr_Value (Lo)
4300
4301 -- Kill warnings in instances, since they may be cases where we
4302 -- have a test in the generic that makes sense with some types
4303 -- and not with other types.
4304
4305 and then not In_Instance
4306 then
4307 Substitute_Valid_Check;
4308 return;
4309 end if;
4310
4311 -- If we have an explicit range, do a bit of optimization based
4312 -- on range analysis (we may be able to kill one or both checks).
4313
4314 Lcheck := Compile_Time_Compare (Lop, Lo, Assume_Valid => False);
4315 Ucheck := Compile_Time_Compare (Lop, Hi, Assume_Valid => False);
4316
4317 -- If either check is known to fail, replace result by False since
4318 -- the other check does not matter. Preserve the static flag for
4319 -- legality checks, because we are constant-folding beyond RM 4.9.
4320
4321 if Lcheck = LT or else Ucheck = GT then
4322 if Warn1 then
4323 Error_Msg_N ("?range test optimized away", N);
4324 Error_Msg_N ("\?value is known to be out of range", N);
4325 end if;
4326
4327 Rewrite (N,
4328 New_Reference_To (Standard_False, Loc));
4329 Analyze_And_Resolve (N, Rtyp);
4330 Set_Is_Static_Expression (N, Static);
4331
4332 return;
4333
4334 -- If both checks are known to succeed, replace result by True,
4335 -- since we know we are in range.
4336
4337 elsif Lcheck in Compare_GE and then Ucheck in Compare_LE then
4338 if Warn1 then
4339 Error_Msg_N ("?range test optimized away", N);
4340 Error_Msg_N ("\?value is known to be in range", N);
4341 end if;
4342
4343 Rewrite (N,
4344 New_Reference_To (Standard_True, Loc));
4345 Analyze_And_Resolve (N, Rtyp);
4346 Set_Is_Static_Expression (N, Static);
4347
4348 return;
4349
4350 -- If lower bound check succeeds and upper bound check is not
4351 -- known to succeed or fail, then replace the range check with
4352 -- a comparison against the upper bound.
4353
4354 elsif Lcheck in Compare_GE then
4355 if Warn2 and then not In_Instance then
4356 Error_Msg_N ("?lower bound test optimized away", Lo);
4357 Error_Msg_N ("\?value is known to be in range", Lo);
4358 end if;
4359
4360 Rewrite (N,
4361 Make_Op_Le (Loc,
4362 Left_Opnd => Lop,
4363 Right_Opnd => High_Bound (Rop)));
4364 Analyze_And_Resolve (N, Rtyp);
4365
4366 return;
4367
4368 -- If upper bound check succeeds and lower bound check is not
4369 -- known to succeed or fail, then replace the range check with
4370 -- a comparison against the lower bound.
4371
4372 elsif Ucheck in Compare_LE then
4373 if Warn2 and then not In_Instance then
4374 Error_Msg_N ("?upper bound test optimized away", Hi);
4375 Error_Msg_N ("\?value is known to be in range", Hi);
4376 end if;
4377
4378 Rewrite (N,
4379 Make_Op_Ge (Loc,
4380 Left_Opnd => Lop,
4381 Right_Opnd => Low_Bound (Rop)));
4382 Analyze_And_Resolve (N, Rtyp);
4383
4384 return;
4385 end if;
4386
4387 -- We couldn't optimize away the range check, but there is one
4388 -- more issue. If we are checking constant conditionals, then we
4389 -- see if we can determine the outcome assuming everything is
4390 -- valid, and if so give an appropriate warning.
4391
4392 if Warn1 and then not Assume_No_Invalid_Values then
4393 Lcheck := Compile_Time_Compare (Lop, Lo, Assume_Valid => True);
4394 Ucheck := Compile_Time_Compare (Lop, Hi, Assume_Valid => True);
4395
4396 -- Result is out of range for valid value
4397
4398 if Lcheck = LT or else Ucheck = GT then
4399 Error_Msg_N
4400 ("?value can only be in range if it is invalid", N);
4401
4402 -- Result is in range for valid value
4403
4404 elsif Lcheck in Compare_GE and then Ucheck in Compare_LE then
4405 Error_Msg_N
4406 ("?value can only be out of range if it is invalid", N);
4407
4408 -- Lower bound check succeeds if value is valid
4409
4410 elsif Warn2 and then Lcheck in Compare_GE then
4411 Error_Msg_N
4412 ("?lower bound check only fails if it is invalid", Lo);
4413
4414 -- Upper bound check succeeds if value is valid
4415
4416 elsif Warn2 and then Ucheck in Compare_LE then
4417 Error_Msg_N
4418 ("?upper bound check only fails for invalid values", Hi);
4419 end if;
4420 end if;
4421 end;
4422
4423 -- For all other cases of an explicit range, nothing to be done
4424
4425 return;
4426
4427 -- Here right operand is a subtype mark
4428
4429 else
4430 declare
4431 Typ : Entity_Id := Etype (Rop);
4432 Is_Acc : constant Boolean := Is_Access_Type (Typ);
4433 Obj : Node_Id := Lop;
4434 Cond : Node_Id := Empty;
4435
4436 begin
4437 Remove_Side_Effects (Obj);
4438
4439 -- For tagged type, do tagged membership operation
4440
4441 if Is_Tagged_Type (Typ) then
4442
4443 -- No expansion will be performed when VM_Target, as the VM
4444 -- back-ends will handle the membership tests directly (tags
4445 -- are not explicitly represented in Java objects, so the
4446 -- normal tagged membership expansion is not what we want).
4447
4448 if Tagged_Type_Expansion then
4449 Rewrite (N, Tagged_Membership (N));
4450 Analyze_And_Resolve (N, Rtyp);
4451 end if;
4452
4453 return;
4454
4455 -- If type is scalar type, rewrite as x in t'first .. t'last.
4456 -- This reason we do this is that the bounds may have the wrong
4457 -- type if they come from the original type definition. Also this
4458 -- way we get all the processing above for an explicit range.
4459
4460 elsif Is_Scalar_Type (Typ) then
4461 Rewrite (Rop,
4462 Make_Range (Loc,
4463 Low_Bound =>
4464 Make_Attribute_Reference (Loc,
4465 Attribute_Name => Name_First,
4466 Prefix => New_Reference_To (Typ, Loc)),
4467
4468 High_Bound =>
4469 Make_Attribute_Reference (Loc,
4470 Attribute_Name => Name_Last,
4471 Prefix => New_Reference_To (Typ, Loc))));
4472 Analyze_And_Resolve (N, Rtyp);
4473 return;
4474
4475 -- Ada 2005 (AI-216): Program_Error is raised when evaluating
4476 -- a membership test if the subtype mark denotes a constrained
4477 -- Unchecked_Union subtype and the expression lacks inferable
4478 -- discriminants.
4479
4480 elsif Is_Unchecked_Union (Base_Type (Typ))
4481 and then Is_Constrained (Typ)
4482 and then not Has_Inferable_Discriminants (Lop)
4483 then
4484 Insert_Action (N,
4485 Make_Raise_Program_Error (Loc,
4486 Reason => PE_Unchecked_Union_Restriction));
4487
4488 -- Prevent Gigi from generating incorrect code by rewriting
4489 -- the test as a standard False.
4490
4491 Rewrite (N,
4492 New_Occurrence_Of (Standard_False, Loc));
4493
4494 return;
4495 end if;
4496
4497 -- Here we have a non-scalar type
4498
4499 if Is_Acc then
4500 Typ := Designated_Type (Typ);
4501 end if;
4502
4503 if not Is_Constrained (Typ) then
4504 Rewrite (N,
4505 New_Reference_To (Standard_True, Loc));
4506 Analyze_And_Resolve (N, Rtyp);
4507
4508 -- For the constrained array case, we have to check the subscripts
4509 -- for an exact match if the lengths are non-zero (the lengths
4510 -- must match in any case).
4511
4512 elsif Is_Array_Type (Typ) then
4513
4514 Check_Subscripts : declare
4515 function Construct_Attribute_Reference
4516 (E : Node_Id;
4517 Nam : Name_Id;
4518 Dim : Nat) return Node_Id;
4519 -- Build attribute reference E'Nam(Dim)
4520
4521 -----------------------------------
4522 -- Construct_Attribute_Reference --
4523 -----------------------------------
4524
4525 function Construct_Attribute_Reference
4526 (E : Node_Id;
4527 Nam : Name_Id;
4528 Dim : Nat) return Node_Id
4529 is
4530 begin
4531 return
4532 Make_Attribute_Reference (Loc,
4533 Prefix => E,
4534 Attribute_Name => Nam,
4535 Expressions => New_List (
4536 Make_Integer_Literal (Loc, Dim)));
4537 end Construct_Attribute_Reference;
4538
4539 -- Start of processing for Check_Subscripts
4540
4541 begin
4542 for J in 1 .. Number_Dimensions (Typ) loop
4543 Evolve_And_Then (Cond,
4544 Make_Op_Eq (Loc,
4545 Left_Opnd =>
4546 Construct_Attribute_Reference
4547 (Duplicate_Subexpr_No_Checks (Obj),
4548 Name_First, J),
4549 Right_Opnd =>
4550 Construct_Attribute_Reference
4551 (New_Occurrence_Of (Typ, Loc), Name_First, J)));
4552
4553 Evolve_And_Then (Cond,
4554 Make_Op_Eq (Loc,
4555 Left_Opnd =>
4556 Construct_Attribute_Reference
4557 (Duplicate_Subexpr_No_Checks (Obj),
4558 Name_Last, J),
4559 Right_Opnd =>
4560 Construct_Attribute_Reference
4561 (New_Occurrence_Of (Typ, Loc), Name_Last, J)));
4562 end loop;
4563
4564 if Is_Acc then
4565 Cond :=
4566 Make_Or_Else (Loc,
4567 Left_Opnd =>
4568 Make_Op_Eq (Loc,
4569 Left_Opnd => Obj,
4570 Right_Opnd => Make_Null (Loc)),
4571 Right_Opnd => Cond);
4572 end if;
4573
4574 Rewrite (N, Cond);
4575 Analyze_And_Resolve (N, Rtyp);
4576 end Check_Subscripts;
4577
4578 -- These are the cases where constraint checks may be required,
4579 -- e.g. records with possible discriminants
4580
4581 else
4582 -- Expand the test into a series of discriminant comparisons.
4583 -- The expression that is built is the negation of the one that
4584 -- is used for checking discriminant constraints.
4585
4586 Obj := Relocate_Node (Left_Opnd (N));
4587
4588 if Has_Discriminants (Typ) then
4589 Cond := Make_Op_Not (Loc,
4590 Right_Opnd => Build_Discriminant_Checks (Obj, Typ));
4591
4592 if Is_Acc then
4593 Cond := Make_Or_Else (Loc,
4594 Left_Opnd =>
4595 Make_Op_Eq (Loc,
4596 Left_Opnd => Obj,
4597 Right_Opnd => Make_Null (Loc)),
4598 Right_Opnd => Cond);
4599 end if;
4600
4601 else
4602 Cond := New_Occurrence_Of (Standard_True, Loc);
4603 end if;
4604
4605 Rewrite (N, Cond);
4606 Analyze_And_Resolve (N, Rtyp);
4607 end if;
4608 end;
4609 end if;
4610 end Expand_N_In;
4611
4612 --------------------------------
4613 -- Expand_N_Indexed_Component --
4614 --------------------------------
4615
4616 procedure Expand_N_Indexed_Component (N : Node_Id) is
4617 Loc : constant Source_Ptr := Sloc (N);
4618 Typ : constant Entity_Id := Etype (N);
4619 P : constant Node_Id := Prefix (N);
4620 T : constant Entity_Id := Etype (P);
4621
4622 begin
4623 -- A special optimization, if we have an indexed component that is
4624 -- selecting from a slice, then we can eliminate the slice, since, for
4625 -- example, x (i .. j)(k) is identical to x(k). The only difference is
4626 -- the range check required by the slice. The range check for the slice
4627 -- itself has already been generated. The range check for the
4628 -- subscripting operation is ensured by converting the subject to
4629 -- the subtype of the slice.
4630
4631 -- This optimization not only generates better code, avoiding slice
4632 -- messing especially in the packed case, but more importantly bypasses
4633 -- some problems in handling this peculiar case, for example, the issue
4634 -- of dealing specially with object renamings.
4635
4636 if Nkind (P) = N_Slice then
4637 Rewrite (N,
4638 Make_Indexed_Component (Loc,
4639 Prefix => Prefix (P),
4640 Expressions => New_List (
4641 Convert_To
4642 (Etype (First_Index (Etype (P))),
4643 First (Expressions (N))))));
4644 Analyze_And_Resolve (N, Typ);
4645 return;
4646 end if;
4647
4648 -- Ada 2005 (AI-318-02): If the prefix is a call to a build-in-place
4649 -- function, then additional actuals must be passed.
4650
4651 if Ada_Version >= Ada_05
4652 and then Is_Build_In_Place_Function_Call (P)
4653 then
4654 Make_Build_In_Place_Call_In_Anonymous_Context (P);
4655 end if;
4656
4657 -- If the prefix is an access type, then we unconditionally rewrite if
4658 -- as an explicit dereference. This simplifies processing for several
4659 -- cases, including packed array cases and certain cases in which checks
4660 -- must be generated. We used to try to do this only when it was
4661 -- necessary, but it cleans up the code to do it all the time.
4662
4663 if Is_Access_Type (T) then
4664 Insert_Explicit_Dereference (P);
4665 Analyze_And_Resolve (P, Designated_Type (T));
4666 end if;
4667
4668 -- Generate index and validity checks
4669
4670 Generate_Index_Checks (N);
4671
4672 if Validity_Checks_On and then Validity_Check_Subscripts then
4673 Apply_Subscript_Validity_Checks (N);
4674 end if;
4675
4676 -- All done for the non-packed case
4677
4678 if not Is_Packed (Etype (Prefix (N))) then
4679 return;
4680 end if;
4681
4682 -- For packed arrays that are not bit-packed (i.e. the case of an array
4683 -- with one or more index types with a non-contiguous enumeration type),
4684 -- we can always use the normal packed element get circuit.
4685
4686 if not Is_Bit_Packed_Array (Etype (Prefix (N))) then
4687 Expand_Packed_Element_Reference (N);
4688 return;
4689 end if;
4690
4691 -- For a reference to a component of a bit packed array, we have to
4692 -- convert it to a reference to the corresponding Packed_Array_Type.
4693 -- We only want to do this for simple references, and not for:
4694
4695 -- Left side of assignment, or prefix of left side of assignment, or
4696 -- prefix of the prefix, to handle packed arrays of packed arrays,
4697 -- This case is handled in Exp_Ch5.Expand_N_Assignment_Statement
4698
4699 -- Renaming objects in renaming associations
4700 -- This case is handled when a use of the renamed variable occurs
4701
4702 -- Actual parameters for a procedure call
4703 -- This case is handled in Exp_Ch6.Expand_Actuals
4704
4705 -- The second expression in a 'Read attribute reference
4706
4707 -- The prefix of an address or size attribute reference
4708
4709 -- The following circuit detects these exceptions
4710
4711 declare
4712 Child : Node_Id := N;
4713 Parnt : Node_Id := Parent (N);
4714
4715 begin
4716 loop
4717 if Nkind (Parnt) = N_Unchecked_Expression then
4718 null;
4719
4720 elsif Nkind_In (Parnt, N_Object_Renaming_Declaration,
4721 N_Procedure_Call_Statement)
4722 or else (Nkind (Parnt) = N_Parameter_Association
4723 and then
4724 Nkind (Parent (Parnt)) = N_Procedure_Call_Statement)
4725 then
4726 return;
4727
4728 elsif Nkind (Parnt) = N_Attribute_Reference
4729 and then (Attribute_Name (Parnt) = Name_Address
4730 or else
4731 Attribute_Name (Parnt) = Name_Size)
4732 and then Prefix (Parnt) = Child
4733 then
4734 return;
4735
4736 elsif Nkind (Parnt) = N_Assignment_Statement
4737 and then Name (Parnt) = Child
4738 then
4739 return;
4740
4741 -- If the expression is an index of an indexed component, it must
4742 -- be expanded regardless of context.
4743
4744 elsif Nkind (Parnt) = N_Indexed_Component
4745 and then Child /= Prefix (Parnt)
4746 then
4747 Expand_Packed_Element_Reference (N);
4748 return;
4749
4750 elsif Nkind (Parent (Parnt)) = N_Assignment_Statement
4751 and then Name (Parent (Parnt)) = Parnt
4752 then
4753 return;
4754
4755 elsif Nkind (Parnt) = N_Attribute_Reference
4756 and then Attribute_Name (Parnt) = Name_Read
4757 and then Next (First (Expressions (Parnt))) = Child
4758 then
4759 return;
4760
4761 elsif Nkind_In (Parnt, N_Indexed_Component, N_Selected_Component)
4762 and then Prefix (Parnt) = Child
4763 then
4764 null;
4765
4766 else
4767 Expand_Packed_Element_Reference (N);
4768 return;
4769 end if;
4770
4771 -- Keep looking up tree for unchecked expression, or if we are the
4772 -- prefix of a possible assignment left side.
4773
4774 Child := Parnt;
4775 Parnt := Parent (Child);
4776 end loop;
4777 end;
4778 end Expand_N_Indexed_Component;
4779
4780 ---------------------
4781 -- Expand_N_Not_In --
4782 ---------------------
4783
4784 -- Replace a not in b by not (a in b) so that the expansions for (a in b)
4785 -- can be done. This avoids needing to duplicate this expansion code.
4786
4787 procedure Expand_N_Not_In (N : Node_Id) is
4788 Loc : constant Source_Ptr := Sloc (N);
4789 Typ : constant Entity_Id := Etype (N);
4790 Cfs : constant Boolean := Comes_From_Source (N);
4791
4792 begin
4793 Rewrite (N,
4794 Make_Op_Not (Loc,
4795 Right_Opnd =>
4796 Make_In (Loc,
4797 Left_Opnd => Left_Opnd (N),
4798 Right_Opnd => Right_Opnd (N))));
4799
4800 -- If this is a set membership, preserve list of alternatives
4801
4802 Set_Alternatives (Right_Opnd (N), Alternatives (Original_Node (N)));
4803
4804 -- We want this to appear as coming from source if original does (see
4805 -- transformations in Expand_N_In).
4806
4807 Set_Comes_From_Source (N, Cfs);
4808 Set_Comes_From_Source (Right_Opnd (N), Cfs);
4809
4810 -- Now analyze transformed node
4811
4812 Analyze_And_Resolve (N, Typ);
4813 end Expand_N_Not_In;
4814
4815 -------------------
4816 -- Expand_N_Null --
4817 -------------------
4818
4819 -- The only replacement required is for the case of a null of type that is
4820 -- an access to protected subprogram. We represent such access values as a
4821 -- record, and so we must replace the occurrence of null by the equivalent
4822 -- record (with a null address and a null pointer in it), so that the
4823 -- backend creates the proper value.
4824
4825 procedure Expand_N_Null (N : Node_Id) is
4826 Loc : constant Source_Ptr := Sloc (N);
4827 Typ : constant Entity_Id := Etype (N);
4828 Agg : Node_Id;
4829
4830 begin
4831 if Is_Access_Protected_Subprogram_Type (Typ) then
4832 Agg :=
4833 Make_Aggregate (Loc,
4834 Expressions => New_List (
4835 New_Occurrence_Of (RTE (RE_Null_Address), Loc),
4836 Make_Null (Loc)));
4837
4838 Rewrite (N, Agg);
4839 Analyze_And_Resolve (N, Equivalent_Type (Typ));
4840
4841 -- For subsequent semantic analysis, the node must retain its type.
4842 -- Gigi in any case replaces this type by the corresponding record
4843 -- type before processing the node.
4844
4845 Set_Etype (N, Typ);
4846 end if;
4847
4848 exception
4849 when RE_Not_Available =>
4850 return;
4851 end Expand_N_Null;
4852
4853 ---------------------
4854 -- Expand_N_Op_Abs --
4855 ---------------------
4856
4857 procedure Expand_N_Op_Abs (N : Node_Id) is
4858 Loc : constant Source_Ptr := Sloc (N);
4859 Expr : constant Node_Id := Right_Opnd (N);
4860
4861 begin
4862 Unary_Op_Validity_Checks (N);
4863
4864 -- Deal with software overflow checking
4865
4866 if not Backend_Overflow_Checks_On_Target
4867 and then Is_Signed_Integer_Type (Etype (N))
4868 and then Do_Overflow_Check (N)
4869 then
4870 -- The only case to worry about is when the argument is equal to the
4871 -- largest negative number, so what we do is to insert the check:
4872
4873 -- [constraint_error when Expr = typ'Base'First]
4874
4875 -- with the usual Duplicate_Subexpr use coding for expr
4876
4877 Insert_Action (N,
4878 Make_Raise_Constraint_Error (Loc,
4879 Condition =>
4880 Make_Op_Eq (Loc,
4881 Left_Opnd => Duplicate_Subexpr (Expr),
4882 Right_Opnd =>
4883 Make_Attribute_Reference (Loc,
4884 Prefix =>
4885 New_Occurrence_Of (Base_Type (Etype (Expr)), Loc),
4886 Attribute_Name => Name_First)),
4887 Reason => CE_Overflow_Check_Failed));
4888 end if;
4889
4890 -- Vax floating-point types case
4891
4892 if Vax_Float (Etype (N)) then
4893 Expand_Vax_Arith (N);
4894 end if;
4895 end Expand_N_Op_Abs;
4896
4897 ---------------------
4898 -- Expand_N_Op_Add --
4899 ---------------------
4900
4901 procedure Expand_N_Op_Add (N : Node_Id) is
4902 Typ : constant Entity_Id := Etype (N);
4903
4904 begin
4905 Binary_Op_Validity_Checks (N);
4906
4907 -- N + 0 = 0 + N = N for integer types
4908
4909 if Is_Integer_Type (Typ) then
4910 if Compile_Time_Known_Value (Right_Opnd (N))
4911 and then Expr_Value (Right_Opnd (N)) = Uint_0
4912 then
4913 Rewrite (N, Left_Opnd (N));
4914 return;
4915
4916 elsif Compile_Time_Known_Value (Left_Opnd (N))
4917 and then Expr_Value (Left_Opnd (N)) = Uint_0
4918 then
4919 Rewrite (N, Right_Opnd (N));
4920 return;
4921 end if;
4922 end if;
4923
4924 -- Arithmetic overflow checks for signed integer/fixed point types
4925
4926 if Is_Signed_Integer_Type (Typ)
4927 or else Is_Fixed_Point_Type (Typ)
4928 then
4929 Apply_Arithmetic_Overflow_Check (N);
4930 return;
4931
4932 -- Vax floating-point types case
4933
4934 elsif Vax_Float (Typ) then
4935 Expand_Vax_Arith (N);
4936 end if;
4937 end Expand_N_Op_Add;
4938
4939 ---------------------
4940 -- Expand_N_Op_And --
4941 ---------------------
4942
4943 procedure Expand_N_Op_And (N : Node_Id) is
4944 Typ : constant Entity_Id := Etype (N);
4945
4946 begin
4947 Binary_Op_Validity_Checks (N);
4948
4949 if Is_Array_Type (Etype (N)) then
4950 Expand_Boolean_Operator (N);
4951
4952 elsif Is_Boolean_Type (Etype (N)) then
4953 Adjust_Condition (Left_Opnd (N));
4954 Adjust_Condition (Right_Opnd (N));
4955 Set_Etype (N, Standard_Boolean);
4956 Adjust_Result_Type (N, Typ);
4957 end if;
4958 end Expand_N_Op_And;
4959
4960 ------------------------
4961 -- Expand_N_Op_Concat --
4962 ------------------------
4963
4964 procedure Expand_N_Op_Concat (N : Node_Id) is
4965 Opnds : List_Id;
4966 -- List of operands to be concatenated
4967
4968 Cnode : Node_Id;
4969 -- Node which is to be replaced by the result of concatenating the nodes
4970 -- in the list Opnds.
4971
4972 begin
4973 -- Ensure validity of both operands
4974
4975 Binary_Op_Validity_Checks (N);
4976
4977 -- If we are the left operand of a concatenation higher up the tree,
4978 -- then do nothing for now, since we want to deal with a series of
4979 -- concatenations as a unit.
4980
4981 if Nkind (Parent (N)) = N_Op_Concat
4982 and then N = Left_Opnd (Parent (N))
4983 then
4984 return;
4985 end if;
4986
4987 -- We get here with a concatenation whose left operand may be a
4988 -- concatenation itself with a consistent type. We need to process
4989 -- these concatenation operands from left to right, which means
4990 -- from the deepest node in the tree to the highest node.
4991
4992 Cnode := N;
4993 while Nkind (Left_Opnd (Cnode)) = N_Op_Concat loop
4994 Cnode := Left_Opnd (Cnode);
4995 end loop;
4996
4997 -- Now Opnd is the deepest Opnd, and its parents are the concatenation
4998 -- nodes above, so now we process bottom up, doing the operations. We
4999 -- gather a string that is as long as possible up to five operands
5000
5001 -- The outer loop runs more than once if more than one concatenation
5002 -- type is involved.
5003
5004 Outer : loop
5005 Opnds := New_List (Left_Opnd (Cnode), Right_Opnd (Cnode));
5006 Set_Parent (Opnds, N);
5007
5008 -- The inner loop gathers concatenation operands
5009
5010 Inner : while Cnode /= N
5011 and then Base_Type (Etype (Cnode)) =
5012 Base_Type (Etype (Parent (Cnode)))
5013 loop
5014 Cnode := Parent (Cnode);
5015 Append (Right_Opnd (Cnode), Opnds);
5016 end loop Inner;
5017
5018 Expand_Concatenate (Cnode, Opnds);
5019
5020 exit Outer when Cnode = N;
5021 Cnode := Parent (Cnode);
5022 end loop Outer;
5023 end Expand_N_Op_Concat;
5024
5025 ------------------------
5026 -- Expand_N_Op_Divide --
5027 ------------------------
5028
5029 procedure Expand_N_Op_Divide (N : Node_Id) is
5030 Loc : constant Source_Ptr := Sloc (N);
5031 Lopnd : constant Node_Id := Left_Opnd (N);
5032 Ropnd : constant Node_Id := Right_Opnd (N);
5033 Ltyp : constant Entity_Id := Etype (Lopnd);
5034 Rtyp : constant Entity_Id := Etype (Ropnd);
5035 Typ : Entity_Id := Etype (N);
5036 Rknow : constant Boolean := Is_Integer_Type (Typ)
5037 and then
5038 Compile_Time_Known_Value (Ropnd);
5039 Rval : Uint;
5040
5041 begin
5042 Binary_Op_Validity_Checks (N);
5043
5044 if Rknow then
5045 Rval := Expr_Value (Ropnd);
5046 end if;
5047
5048 -- N / 1 = N for integer types
5049
5050 if Rknow and then Rval = Uint_1 then
5051 Rewrite (N, Lopnd);
5052 return;
5053 end if;
5054
5055 -- Convert x / 2 ** y to Shift_Right (x, y). Note that the fact that
5056 -- Is_Power_Of_2_For_Shift is set means that we know that our left
5057 -- operand is an unsigned integer, as required for this to work.
5058
5059 if Nkind (Ropnd) = N_Op_Expon
5060 and then Is_Power_Of_2_For_Shift (Ropnd)
5061
5062 -- We cannot do this transformation in configurable run time mode if we
5063 -- have 64-bit -- integers and long shifts are not available.
5064
5065 and then
5066 (Esize (Ltyp) <= 32
5067 or else Support_Long_Shifts_On_Target)
5068 then
5069 Rewrite (N,
5070 Make_Op_Shift_Right (Loc,
5071 Left_Opnd => Lopnd,
5072 Right_Opnd =>
5073 Convert_To (Standard_Natural, Right_Opnd (Ropnd))));
5074 Analyze_And_Resolve (N, Typ);
5075 return;
5076 end if;
5077
5078 -- Do required fixup of universal fixed operation
5079
5080 if Typ = Universal_Fixed then
5081 Fixup_Universal_Fixed_Operation (N);
5082 Typ := Etype (N);
5083 end if;
5084
5085 -- Divisions with fixed-point results
5086
5087 if Is_Fixed_Point_Type (Typ) then
5088
5089 -- No special processing if Treat_Fixed_As_Integer is set, since
5090 -- from a semantic point of view such operations are simply integer
5091 -- operations and will be treated that way.
5092
5093 if not Treat_Fixed_As_Integer (N) then
5094 if Is_Integer_Type (Rtyp) then
5095 Expand_Divide_Fixed_By_Integer_Giving_Fixed (N);
5096 else
5097 Expand_Divide_Fixed_By_Fixed_Giving_Fixed (N);
5098 end if;
5099 end if;
5100
5101 -- Other cases of division of fixed-point operands. Again we exclude the
5102 -- case where Treat_Fixed_As_Integer is set.
5103
5104 elsif (Is_Fixed_Point_Type (Ltyp) or else
5105 Is_Fixed_Point_Type (Rtyp))
5106 and then not Treat_Fixed_As_Integer (N)
5107 then
5108 if Is_Integer_Type (Typ) then
5109 Expand_Divide_Fixed_By_Fixed_Giving_Integer (N);
5110 else
5111 pragma Assert (Is_Floating_Point_Type (Typ));
5112 Expand_Divide_Fixed_By_Fixed_Giving_Float (N);
5113 end if;
5114
5115 -- Mixed-mode operations can appear in a non-static universal context,
5116 -- in which case the integer argument must be converted explicitly.
5117
5118 elsif Typ = Universal_Real
5119 and then Is_Integer_Type (Rtyp)
5120 then
5121 Rewrite (Ropnd,
5122 Convert_To (Universal_Real, Relocate_Node (Ropnd)));
5123
5124 Analyze_And_Resolve (Ropnd, Universal_Real);
5125
5126 elsif Typ = Universal_Real
5127 and then Is_Integer_Type (Ltyp)
5128 then
5129 Rewrite (Lopnd,
5130 Convert_To (Universal_Real, Relocate_Node (Lopnd)));
5131
5132 Analyze_And_Resolve (Lopnd, Universal_Real);
5133
5134 -- Non-fixed point cases, do integer zero divide and overflow checks
5135
5136 elsif Is_Integer_Type (Typ) then
5137 Apply_Divide_Check (N);
5138
5139 -- Check for 64-bit division available, or long shifts if the divisor
5140 -- is a small power of 2 (since such divides will be converted into
5141 -- long shifts).
5142
5143 if Esize (Ltyp) > 32
5144 and then not Support_64_Bit_Divides_On_Target
5145 and then
5146 (not Rknow
5147 or else not Support_Long_Shifts_On_Target
5148 or else (Rval /= Uint_2 and then
5149 Rval /= Uint_4 and then
5150 Rval /= Uint_8 and then
5151 Rval /= Uint_16 and then
5152 Rval /= Uint_32 and then
5153 Rval /= Uint_64))
5154 then
5155 Error_Msg_CRT ("64-bit division", N);
5156 end if;
5157
5158 -- Deal with Vax_Float
5159
5160 elsif Vax_Float (Typ) then
5161 Expand_Vax_Arith (N);
5162 return;
5163 end if;
5164 end Expand_N_Op_Divide;
5165
5166 --------------------
5167 -- Expand_N_Op_Eq --
5168 --------------------
5169
5170 procedure Expand_N_Op_Eq (N : Node_Id) is
5171 Loc : constant Source_Ptr := Sloc (N);
5172 Typ : constant Entity_Id := Etype (N);
5173 Lhs : constant Node_Id := Left_Opnd (N);
5174 Rhs : constant Node_Id := Right_Opnd (N);
5175 Bodies : constant List_Id := New_List;
5176 A_Typ : constant Entity_Id := Etype (Lhs);
5177
5178 Typl : Entity_Id := A_Typ;
5179 Op_Name : Entity_Id;
5180 Prim : Elmt_Id;
5181
5182 procedure Build_Equality_Call (Eq : Entity_Id);
5183 -- If a constructed equality exists for the type or for its parent,
5184 -- build and analyze call, adding conversions if the operation is
5185 -- inherited.
5186
5187 function Has_Unconstrained_UU_Component (Typ : Node_Id) return Boolean;
5188 -- Determines whether a type has a subcomponent of an unconstrained
5189 -- Unchecked_Union subtype. Typ is a record type.
5190
5191 -------------------------
5192 -- Build_Equality_Call --
5193 -------------------------
5194
5195 procedure Build_Equality_Call (Eq : Entity_Id) is
5196 Op_Type : constant Entity_Id := Etype (First_Formal (Eq));
5197 L_Exp : Node_Id := Relocate_Node (Lhs);
5198 R_Exp : Node_Id := Relocate_Node (Rhs);
5199
5200 begin
5201 if Base_Type (Op_Type) /= Base_Type (A_Typ)
5202 and then not Is_Class_Wide_Type (A_Typ)
5203 then
5204 L_Exp := OK_Convert_To (Op_Type, L_Exp);
5205 R_Exp := OK_Convert_To (Op_Type, R_Exp);
5206 end if;
5207
5208 -- If we have an Unchecked_Union, we need to add the inferred
5209 -- discriminant values as actuals in the function call. At this
5210 -- point, the expansion has determined that both operands have
5211 -- inferable discriminants.
5212
5213 if Is_Unchecked_Union (Op_Type) then
5214 declare
5215 Lhs_Type : constant Node_Id := Etype (L_Exp);
5216 Rhs_Type : constant Node_Id := Etype (R_Exp);
5217 Lhs_Discr_Val : Node_Id;
5218 Rhs_Discr_Val : Node_Id;
5219
5220 begin
5221 -- Per-object constrained selected components require special
5222 -- attention. If the enclosing scope of the component is an
5223 -- Unchecked_Union, we cannot reference its discriminants
5224 -- directly. This is why we use the two extra parameters of
5225 -- the equality function of the enclosing Unchecked_Union.
5226
5227 -- type UU_Type (Discr : Integer := 0) is
5228 -- . . .
5229 -- end record;
5230 -- pragma Unchecked_Union (UU_Type);
5231
5232 -- 1. Unchecked_Union enclosing record:
5233
5234 -- type Enclosing_UU_Type (Discr : Integer := 0) is record
5235 -- . . .
5236 -- Comp : UU_Type (Discr);
5237 -- . . .
5238 -- end Enclosing_UU_Type;
5239 -- pragma Unchecked_Union (Enclosing_UU_Type);
5240
5241 -- Obj1 : Enclosing_UU_Type;
5242 -- Obj2 : Enclosing_UU_Type (1);
5243
5244 -- [. . .] Obj1 = Obj2 [. . .]
5245
5246 -- Generated code:
5247
5248 -- if not (uu_typeEQ (obj1.comp, obj2.comp, a, b)) then
5249
5250 -- A and B are the formal parameters of the equality function
5251 -- of Enclosing_UU_Type. The function always has two extra
5252 -- formals to capture the inferred discriminant values.
5253
5254 -- 2. Non-Unchecked_Union enclosing record:
5255
5256 -- type
5257 -- Enclosing_Non_UU_Type (Discr : Integer := 0)
5258 -- is record
5259 -- . . .
5260 -- Comp : UU_Type (Discr);
5261 -- . . .
5262 -- end Enclosing_Non_UU_Type;
5263
5264 -- Obj1 : Enclosing_Non_UU_Type;
5265 -- Obj2 : Enclosing_Non_UU_Type (1);
5266
5267 -- ... Obj1 = Obj2 ...
5268
5269 -- Generated code:
5270
5271 -- if not (uu_typeEQ (obj1.comp, obj2.comp,
5272 -- obj1.discr, obj2.discr)) then
5273
5274 -- In this case we can directly reference the discriminants of
5275 -- the enclosing record.
5276
5277 -- Lhs of equality
5278
5279 if Nkind (Lhs) = N_Selected_Component
5280 and then Has_Per_Object_Constraint
5281 (Entity (Selector_Name (Lhs)))
5282 then
5283 -- Enclosing record is an Unchecked_Union, use formal A
5284
5285 if Is_Unchecked_Union (Scope
5286 (Entity (Selector_Name (Lhs))))
5287 then
5288 Lhs_Discr_Val :=
5289 Make_Identifier (Loc,
5290 Chars => Name_A);
5291
5292 -- Enclosing record is of a non-Unchecked_Union type, it is
5293 -- possible to reference the discriminant.
5294
5295 else
5296 Lhs_Discr_Val :=
5297 Make_Selected_Component (Loc,
5298 Prefix => Prefix (Lhs),
5299 Selector_Name =>
5300 New_Copy
5301 (Get_Discriminant_Value
5302 (First_Discriminant (Lhs_Type),
5303 Lhs_Type,
5304 Stored_Constraint (Lhs_Type))));
5305 end if;
5306
5307 -- Comment needed here ???
5308
5309 else
5310 -- Infer the discriminant value
5311
5312 Lhs_Discr_Val :=
5313 New_Copy
5314 (Get_Discriminant_Value
5315 (First_Discriminant (Lhs_Type),
5316 Lhs_Type,
5317 Stored_Constraint (Lhs_Type)));
5318 end if;
5319
5320 -- Rhs of equality
5321
5322 if Nkind (Rhs) = N_Selected_Component
5323 and then Has_Per_Object_Constraint
5324 (Entity (Selector_Name (Rhs)))
5325 then
5326 if Is_Unchecked_Union
5327 (Scope (Entity (Selector_Name (Rhs))))
5328 then
5329 Rhs_Discr_Val :=
5330 Make_Identifier (Loc,
5331 Chars => Name_B);
5332
5333 else
5334 Rhs_Discr_Val :=
5335 Make_Selected_Component (Loc,
5336 Prefix => Prefix (Rhs),
5337 Selector_Name =>
5338 New_Copy (Get_Discriminant_Value (
5339 First_Discriminant (Rhs_Type),
5340 Rhs_Type,
5341 Stored_Constraint (Rhs_Type))));
5342
5343 end if;
5344 else
5345 Rhs_Discr_Val :=
5346 New_Copy (Get_Discriminant_Value (
5347 First_Discriminant (Rhs_Type),
5348 Rhs_Type,
5349 Stored_Constraint (Rhs_Type)));
5350
5351 end if;
5352
5353 Rewrite (N,
5354 Make_Function_Call (Loc,
5355 Name => New_Reference_To (Eq, Loc),
5356 Parameter_Associations => New_List (
5357 L_Exp,
5358 R_Exp,
5359 Lhs_Discr_Val,
5360 Rhs_Discr_Val)));
5361 end;
5362
5363 -- Normal case, not an unchecked union
5364
5365 else
5366 Rewrite (N,
5367 Make_Function_Call (Loc,
5368 Name => New_Reference_To (Eq, Loc),
5369 Parameter_Associations => New_List (L_Exp, R_Exp)));
5370 end if;
5371
5372 Analyze_And_Resolve (N, Standard_Boolean, Suppress => All_Checks);
5373 end Build_Equality_Call;
5374
5375 ------------------------------------
5376 -- Has_Unconstrained_UU_Component --
5377 ------------------------------------
5378
5379 function Has_Unconstrained_UU_Component
5380 (Typ : Node_Id) return Boolean
5381 is
5382 Tdef : constant Node_Id :=
5383 Type_Definition (Declaration_Node (Base_Type (Typ)));
5384 Clist : Node_Id;
5385 Vpart : Node_Id;
5386
5387 function Component_Is_Unconstrained_UU
5388 (Comp : Node_Id) return Boolean;
5389 -- Determines whether the subtype of the component is an
5390 -- unconstrained Unchecked_Union.
5391
5392 function Variant_Is_Unconstrained_UU
5393 (Variant : Node_Id) return Boolean;
5394 -- Determines whether a component of the variant has an unconstrained
5395 -- Unchecked_Union subtype.
5396
5397 -----------------------------------
5398 -- Component_Is_Unconstrained_UU --
5399 -----------------------------------
5400
5401 function Component_Is_Unconstrained_UU
5402 (Comp : Node_Id) return Boolean
5403 is
5404 begin
5405 if Nkind (Comp) /= N_Component_Declaration then
5406 return False;
5407 end if;
5408
5409 declare
5410 Sindic : constant Node_Id :=
5411 Subtype_Indication (Component_Definition (Comp));
5412
5413 begin
5414 -- Unconstrained nominal type. In the case of a constraint
5415 -- present, the node kind would have been N_Subtype_Indication.
5416
5417 if Nkind (Sindic) = N_Identifier then
5418 return Is_Unchecked_Union (Base_Type (Etype (Sindic)));
5419 end if;
5420
5421 return False;
5422 end;
5423 end Component_Is_Unconstrained_UU;
5424
5425 ---------------------------------
5426 -- Variant_Is_Unconstrained_UU --
5427 ---------------------------------
5428
5429 function Variant_Is_Unconstrained_UU
5430 (Variant : Node_Id) return Boolean
5431 is
5432 Clist : constant Node_Id := Component_List (Variant);
5433
5434 begin
5435 if Is_Empty_List (Component_Items (Clist)) then
5436 return False;
5437 end if;
5438
5439 -- We only need to test one component
5440
5441 declare
5442 Comp : Node_Id := First (Component_Items (Clist));
5443
5444 begin
5445 while Present (Comp) loop
5446 if Component_Is_Unconstrained_UU (Comp) then
5447 return True;
5448 end if;
5449
5450 Next (Comp);
5451 end loop;
5452 end;
5453
5454 -- None of the components withing the variant were of
5455 -- unconstrained Unchecked_Union type.
5456
5457 return False;
5458 end Variant_Is_Unconstrained_UU;
5459
5460 -- Start of processing for Has_Unconstrained_UU_Component
5461
5462 begin
5463 if Null_Present (Tdef) then
5464 return False;
5465 end if;
5466
5467 Clist := Component_List (Tdef);
5468 Vpart := Variant_Part (Clist);
5469
5470 -- Inspect available components
5471
5472 if Present (Component_Items (Clist)) then
5473 declare
5474 Comp : Node_Id := First (Component_Items (Clist));
5475
5476 begin
5477 while Present (Comp) loop
5478
5479 -- One component is sufficient
5480
5481 if Component_Is_Unconstrained_UU (Comp) then
5482 return True;
5483 end if;
5484
5485 Next (Comp);
5486 end loop;
5487 end;
5488 end if;
5489
5490 -- Inspect available components withing variants
5491
5492 if Present (Vpart) then
5493 declare
5494 Variant : Node_Id := First (Variants (Vpart));
5495
5496 begin
5497 while Present (Variant) loop
5498
5499 -- One component within a variant is sufficient
5500
5501 if Variant_Is_Unconstrained_UU (Variant) then
5502 return True;
5503 end if;
5504
5505 Next (Variant);
5506 end loop;
5507 end;
5508 end if;
5509
5510 -- Neither the available components, nor the components inside the
5511 -- variant parts were of an unconstrained Unchecked_Union subtype.
5512
5513 return False;
5514 end Has_Unconstrained_UU_Component;
5515
5516 -- Start of processing for Expand_N_Op_Eq
5517
5518 begin
5519 Binary_Op_Validity_Checks (N);
5520
5521 if Ekind (Typl) = E_Private_Type then
5522 Typl := Underlying_Type (Typl);
5523 elsif Ekind (Typl) = E_Private_Subtype then
5524 Typl := Underlying_Type (Base_Type (Typl));
5525 else
5526 null;
5527 end if;
5528
5529 -- It may happen in error situations that the underlying type is not
5530 -- set. The error will be detected later, here we just defend the
5531 -- expander code.
5532
5533 if No (Typl) then
5534 return;
5535 end if;
5536
5537 Typl := Base_Type (Typl);
5538
5539 -- Boolean types (requiring handling of non-standard case)
5540
5541 if Is_Boolean_Type (Typl) then
5542 Adjust_Condition (Left_Opnd (N));
5543 Adjust_Condition (Right_Opnd (N));
5544 Set_Etype (N, Standard_Boolean);
5545 Adjust_Result_Type (N, Typ);
5546
5547 -- Array types
5548
5549 elsif Is_Array_Type (Typl) then
5550
5551 -- If we are doing full validity checking, and it is possible for the
5552 -- array elements to be invalid then expand out array comparisons to
5553 -- make sure that we check the array elements.
5554
5555 if Validity_Check_Operands
5556 and then not Is_Known_Valid (Component_Type (Typl))
5557 then
5558 declare
5559 Save_Force_Validity_Checks : constant Boolean :=
5560 Force_Validity_Checks;
5561 begin
5562 Force_Validity_Checks := True;
5563 Rewrite (N,
5564 Expand_Array_Equality
5565 (N,
5566 Relocate_Node (Lhs),
5567 Relocate_Node (Rhs),
5568 Bodies,
5569 Typl));
5570 Insert_Actions (N, Bodies);
5571 Analyze_And_Resolve (N, Standard_Boolean);
5572 Force_Validity_Checks := Save_Force_Validity_Checks;
5573 end;
5574
5575 -- Packed case where both operands are known aligned
5576
5577 elsif Is_Bit_Packed_Array (Typl)
5578 and then not Is_Possibly_Unaligned_Object (Lhs)
5579 and then not Is_Possibly_Unaligned_Object (Rhs)
5580 then
5581 Expand_Packed_Eq (N);
5582
5583 -- Where the component type is elementary we can use a block bit
5584 -- comparison (if supported on the target) exception in the case
5585 -- of floating-point (negative zero issues require element by
5586 -- element comparison), and atomic types (where we must be sure
5587 -- to load elements independently) and possibly unaligned arrays.
5588
5589 elsif Is_Elementary_Type (Component_Type (Typl))
5590 and then not Is_Floating_Point_Type (Component_Type (Typl))
5591 and then not Is_Atomic (Component_Type (Typl))
5592 and then not Is_Possibly_Unaligned_Object (Lhs)
5593 and then not Is_Possibly_Unaligned_Object (Rhs)
5594 and then Support_Composite_Compare_On_Target
5595 then
5596 null;
5597
5598 -- For composite and floating-point cases, expand equality loop to
5599 -- make sure of using proper comparisons for tagged types, and
5600 -- correctly handling the floating-point case.
5601
5602 else
5603 Rewrite (N,
5604 Expand_Array_Equality
5605 (N,
5606 Relocate_Node (Lhs),
5607 Relocate_Node (Rhs),
5608 Bodies,
5609 Typl));
5610 Insert_Actions (N, Bodies, Suppress => All_Checks);
5611 Analyze_And_Resolve (N, Standard_Boolean, Suppress => All_Checks);
5612 end if;
5613
5614 -- Record Types
5615
5616 elsif Is_Record_Type (Typl) then
5617
5618 -- For tagged types, use the primitive "="
5619
5620 if Is_Tagged_Type (Typl) then
5621
5622 -- No need to do anything else compiling under restriction
5623 -- No_Dispatching_Calls. During the semantic analysis we
5624 -- already notified such violation.
5625
5626 if Restriction_Active (No_Dispatching_Calls) then
5627 return;
5628 end if;
5629
5630 -- If this is derived from an untagged private type completed with
5631 -- a tagged type, it does not have a full view, so we use the
5632 -- primitive operations of the private type. This check should no
5633 -- longer be necessary when these types get their full views???
5634
5635 if Is_Private_Type (A_Typ)
5636 and then not Is_Tagged_Type (A_Typ)
5637 and then Is_Derived_Type (A_Typ)
5638 and then No (Full_View (A_Typ))
5639 then
5640 -- Search for equality operation, checking that the operands
5641 -- have the same type. Note that we must find a matching entry,
5642 -- or something is very wrong!
5643
5644 Prim := First_Elmt (Collect_Primitive_Operations (A_Typ));
5645
5646 while Present (Prim) loop
5647 exit when Chars (Node (Prim)) = Name_Op_Eq
5648 and then Etype (First_Formal (Node (Prim))) =
5649 Etype (Next_Formal (First_Formal (Node (Prim))))
5650 and then
5651 Base_Type (Etype (Node (Prim))) = Standard_Boolean;
5652
5653 Next_Elmt (Prim);
5654 end loop;
5655
5656 pragma Assert (Present (Prim));
5657 Op_Name := Node (Prim);
5658
5659 -- Find the type's predefined equality or an overriding
5660 -- user- defined equality. The reason for not simply calling
5661 -- Find_Prim_Op here is that there may be a user-defined
5662 -- overloaded equality op that precedes the equality that we want,
5663 -- so we have to explicitly search (e.g., there could be an
5664 -- equality with two different parameter types).
5665
5666 else
5667 if Is_Class_Wide_Type (Typl) then
5668 Typl := Root_Type (Typl);
5669 end if;
5670
5671 Prim := First_Elmt (Primitive_Operations (Typl));
5672 while Present (Prim) loop
5673 exit when Chars (Node (Prim)) = Name_Op_Eq
5674 and then Etype (First_Formal (Node (Prim))) =
5675 Etype (Next_Formal (First_Formal (Node (Prim))))
5676 and then
5677 Base_Type (Etype (Node (Prim))) = Standard_Boolean;
5678
5679 Next_Elmt (Prim);
5680 end loop;
5681
5682 pragma Assert (Present (Prim));
5683 Op_Name := Node (Prim);
5684 end if;
5685
5686 Build_Equality_Call (Op_Name);
5687
5688 -- Ada 2005 (AI-216): Program_Error is raised when evaluating the
5689 -- predefined equality operator for a type which has a subcomponent
5690 -- of an Unchecked_Union type whose nominal subtype is unconstrained.
5691
5692 elsif Has_Unconstrained_UU_Component (Typl) then
5693 Insert_Action (N,
5694 Make_Raise_Program_Error (Loc,
5695 Reason => PE_Unchecked_Union_Restriction));
5696
5697 -- Prevent Gigi from generating incorrect code by rewriting the
5698 -- equality as a standard False.
5699
5700 Rewrite (N,
5701 New_Occurrence_Of (Standard_False, Loc));
5702
5703 elsif Is_Unchecked_Union (Typl) then
5704
5705 -- If we can infer the discriminants of the operands, we make a
5706 -- call to the TSS equality function.
5707
5708 if Has_Inferable_Discriminants (Lhs)
5709 and then
5710 Has_Inferable_Discriminants (Rhs)
5711 then
5712 Build_Equality_Call
5713 (TSS (Root_Type (Typl), TSS_Composite_Equality));
5714
5715 else
5716 -- Ada 2005 (AI-216): Program_Error is raised when evaluating
5717 -- the predefined equality operator for an Unchecked_Union type
5718 -- if either of the operands lack inferable discriminants.
5719
5720 Insert_Action (N,
5721 Make_Raise_Program_Error (Loc,
5722 Reason => PE_Unchecked_Union_Restriction));
5723
5724 -- Prevent Gigi from generating incorrect code by rewriting
5725 -- the equality as a standard False.
5726
5727 Rewrite (N,
5728 New_Occurrence_Of (Standard_False, Loc));
5729
5730 end if;
5731
5732 -- If a type support function is present (for complex cases), use it
5733
5734 elsif Present (TSS (Root_Type (Typl), TSS_Composite_Equality)) then
5735 Build_Equality_Call
5736 (TSS (Root_Type (Typl), TSS_Composite_Equality));
5737
5738 -- Otherwise expand the component by component equality. Note that
5739 -- we never use block-bit comparisons for records, because of the
5740 -- problems with gaps. The backend will often be able to recombine
5741 -- the separate comparisons that we generate here.
5742
5743 else
5744 Remove_Side_Effects (Lhs);
5745 Remove_Side_Effects (Rhs);
5746 Rewrite (N,
5747 Expand_Record_Equality (N, Typl, Lhs, Rhs, Bodies));
5748
5749 Insert_Actions (N, Bodies, Suppress => All_Checks);
5750 Analyze_And_Resolve (N, Standard_Boolean, Suppress => All_Checks);
5751 end if;
5752 end if;
5753
5754 -- Test if result is known at compile time
5755
5756 Rewrite_Comparison (N);
5757
5758 -- If we still have comparison for Vax_Float, process it
5759
5760 if Vax_Float (Typl) and then Nkind (N) in N_Op_Compare then
5761 Expand_Vax_Comparison (N);
5762 return;
5763 end if;
5764 end Expand_N_Op_Eq;
5765
5766 -----------------------
5767 -- Expand_N_Op_Expon --
5768 -----------------------
5769
5770 procedure Expand_N_Op_Expon (N : Node_Id) is
5771 Loc : constant Source_Ptr := Sloc (N);
5772 Typ : constant Entity_Id := Etype (N);
5773 Rtyp : constant Entity_Id := Root_Type (Typ);
5774 Base : constant Node_Id := Relocate_Node (Left_Opnd (N));
5775 Bastyp : constant Node_Id := Etype (Base);
5776 Exp : constant Node_Id := Relocate_Node (Right_Opnd (N));
5777 Exptyp : constant Entity_Id := Etype (Exp);
5778 Ovflo : constant Boolean := Do_Overflow_Check (N);
5779 Expv : Uint;
5780 Xnode : Node_Id;
5781 Temp : Node_Id;
5782 Rent : RE_Id;
5783 Ent : Entity_Id;
5784 Etyp : Entity_Id;
5785
5786 begin
5787 Binary_Op_Validity_Checks (N);
5788
5789 -- If either operand is of a private type, then we have the use of an
5790 -- intrinsic operator, and we get rid of the privateness, by using root
5791 -- types of underlying types for the actual operation. Otherwise the
5792 -- private types will cause trouble if we expand multiplications or
5793 -- shifts etc. We also do this transformation if the result type is
5794 -- different from the base type.
5795
5796 if Is_Private_Type (Etype (Base))
5797 or else
5798 Is_Private_Type (Typ)
5799 or else
5800 Is_Private_Type (Exptyp)
5801 or else
5802 Rtyp /= Root_Type (Bastyp)
5803 then
5804 declare
5805 Bt : constant Entity_Id := Root_Type (Underlying_Type (Bastyp));
5806 Et : constant Entity_Id := Root_Type (Underlying_Type (Exptyp));
5807
5808 begin
5809 Rewrite (N,
5810 Unchecked_Convert_To (Typ,
5811 Make_Op_Expon (Loc,
5812 Left_Opnd => Unchecked_Convert_To (Bt, Base),
5813 Right_Opnd => Unchecked_Convert_To (Et, Exp))));
5814 Analyze_And_Resolve (N, Typ);
5815 return;
5816 end;
5817 end if;
5818
5819 -- Test for case of known right argument
5820
5821 if Compile_Time_Known_Value (Exp) then
5822 Expv := Expr_Value (Exp);
5823
5824 -- We only fold small non-negative exponents. You might think we
5825 -- could fold small negative exponents for the real case, but we
5826 -- can't because we are required to raise Constraint_Error for
5827 -- the case of 0.0 ** (negative) even if Machine_Overflows = False.
5828 -- See ACVC test C4A012B.
5829
5830 if Expv >= 0 and then Expv <= 4 then
5831
5832 -- X ** 0 = 1 (or 1.0)
5833
5834 if Expv = 0 then
5835
5836 -- Call Remove_Side_Effects to ensure that any side effects
5837 -- in the ignored left operand (in particular function calls
5838 -- to user defined functions) are properly executed.
5839
5840 Remove_Side_Effects (Base);
5841
5842 if Ekind (Typ) in Integer_Kind then
5843 Xnode := Make_Integer_Literal (Loc, Intval => 1);
5844 else
5845 Xnode := Make_Real_Literal (Loc, Ureal_1);
5846 end if;
5847
5848 -- X ** 1 = X
5849
5850 elsif Expv = 1 then
5851 Xnode := Base;
5852
5853 -- X ** 2 = X * X
5854
5855 elsif Expv = 2 then
5856 Xnode :=
5857 Make_Op_Multiply (Loc,
5858 Left_Opnd => Duplicate_Subexpr (Base),
5859 Right_Opnd => Duplicate_Subexpr_No_Checks (Base));
5860
5861 -- X ** 3 = X * X * X
5862
5863 elsif Expv = 3 then
5864 Xnode :=
5865 Make_Op_Multiply (Loc,
5866 Left_Opnd =>
5867 Make_Op_Multiply (Loc,
5868 Left_Opnd => Duplicate_Subexpr (Base),
5869 Right_Opnd => Duplicate_Subexpr_No_Checks (Base)),
5870 Right_Opnd => Duplicate_Subexpr_No_Checks (Base));
5871
5872 -- X ** 4 ->
5873 -- En : constant base'type := base * base;
5874 -- ...
5875 -- En * En
5876
5877 else -- Expv = 4
5878 Temp :=
5879 Make_Defining_Identifier (Loc, New_Internal_Name ('E'));
5880
5881 Insert_Actions (N, New_List (
5882 Make_Object_Declaration (Loc,
5883 Defining_Identifier => Temp,
5884 Constant_Present => True,
5885 Object_Definition => New_Reference_To (Typ, Loc),
5886 Expression =>
5887 Make_Op_Multiply (Loc,
5888 Left_Opnd => Duplicate_Subexpr (Base),
5889 Right_Opnd => Duplicate_Subexpr_No_Checks (Base)))));
5890
5891 Xnode :=
5892 Make_Op_Multiply (Loc,
5893 Left_Opnd => New_Reference_To (Temp, Loc),
5894 Right_Opnd => New_Reference_To (Temp, Loc));
5895 end if;
5896
5897 Rewrite (N, Xnode);
5898 Analyze_And_Resolve (N, Typ);
5899 return;
5900 end if;
5901 end if;
5902
5903 -- Case of (2 ** expression) appearing as an argument of an integer
5904 -- multiplication, or as the right argument of a division of a non-
5905 -- negative integer. In such cases we leave the node untouched, setting
5906 -- the flag Is_Natural_Power_Of_2_for_Shift set, then the expansion
5907 -- of the higher level node converts it into a shift.
5908
5909 -- Note: this transformation is not applicable for a modular type with
5910 -- a non-binary modulus in the multiplication case, since we get a wrong
5911 -- result if the shift causes an overflow before the modular reduction.
5912
5913 if Nkind (Base) = N_Integer_Literal
5914 and then Intval (Base) = 2
5915 and then Is_Integer_Type (Root_Type (Exptyp))
5916 and then Esize (Root_Type (Exptyp)) <= Esize (Standard_Integer)
5917 and then Is_Unsigned_Type (Exptyp)
5918 and then not Ovflo
5919 and then Nkind (Parent (N)) in N_Binary_Op
5920 then
5921 declare
5922 P : constant Node_Id := Parent (N);
5923 L : constant Node_Id := Left_Opnd (P);
5924 R : constant Node_Id := Right_Opnd (P);
5925
5926 begin
5927 if (Nkind (P) = N_Op_Multiply
5928 and then not Non_Binary_Modulus (Typ)
5929 and then
5930 ((Is_Integer_Type (Etype (L)) and then R = N)
5931 or else
5932 (Is_Integer_Type (Etype (R)) and then L = N))
5933 and then not Do_Overflow_Check (P))
5934
5935 or else
5936 (Nkind (P) = N_Op_Divide
5937 and then Is_Integer_Type (Etype (L))
5938 and then Is_Unsigned_Type (Etype (L))
5939 and then R = N
5940 and then not Do_Overflow_Check (P))
5941 then
5942 Set_Is_Power_Of_2_For_Shift (N);
5943 return;
5944 end if;
5945 end;
5946 end if;
5947
5948 -- Fall through if exponentiation must be done using a runtime routine
5949
5950 -- First deal with modular case
5951
5952 if Is_Modular_Integer_Type (Rtyp) then
5953
5954 -- Non-binary case, we call the special exponentiation routine for
5955 -- the non-binary case, converting the argument to Long_Long_Integer
5956 -- and passing the modulus value. Then the result is converted back
5957 -- to the base type.
5958
5959 if Non_Binary_Modulus (Rtyp) then
5960 Rewrite (N,
5961 Convert_To (Typ,
5962 Make_Function_Call (Loc,
5963 Name => New_Reference_To (RTE (RE_Exp_Modular), Loc),
5964 Parameter_Associations => New_List (
5965 Convert_To (Standard_Integer, Base),
5966 Make_Integer_Literal (Loc, Modulus (Rtyp)),
5967 Exp))));
5968
5969 -- Binary case, in this case, we call one of two routines, either the
5970 -- unsigned integer case, or the unsigned long long integer case,
5971 -- with a final "and" operation to do the required mod.
5972
5973 else
5974 if UI_To_Int (Esize (Rtyp)) <= Standard_Integer_Size then
5975 Ent := RTE (RE_Exp_Unsigned);
5976 else
5977 Ent := RTE (RE_Exp_Long_Long_Unsigned);
5978 end if;
5979
5980 Rewrite (N,
5981 Convert_To (Typ,
5982 Make_Op_And (Loc,
5983 Left_Opnd =>
5984 Make_Function_Call (Loc,
5985 Name => New_Reference_To (Ent, Loc),
5986 Parameter_Associations => New_List (
5987 Convert_To (Etype (First_Formal (Ent)), Base),
5988 Exp)),
5989 Right_Opnd =>
5990 Make_Integer_Literal (Loc, Modulus (Rtyp) - 1))));
5991
5992 end if;
5993
5994 -- Common exit point for modular type case
5995
5996 Analyze_And_Resolve (N, Typ);
5997 return;
5998
5999 -- Signed integer cases, done using either Integer or Long_Long_Integer.
6000 -- It is not worth having routines for Short_[Short_]Integer, since for
6001 -- most machines it would not help, and it would generate more code that
6002 -- might need certification when a certified run time is required.
6003
6004 -- In the integer cases, we have two routines, one for when overflow
6005 -- checks are required, and one when they are not required, since there
6006 -- is a real gain in omitting checks on many machines.
6007
6008 elsif Rtyp = Base_Type (Standard_Long_Long_Integer)
6009 or else (Rtyp = Base_Type (Standard_Long_Integer)
6010 and then
6011 Esize (Standard_Long_Integer) > Esize (Standard_Integer))
6012 or else (Rtyp = Universal_Integer)
6013 then
6014 Etyp := Standard_Long_Long_Integer;
6015
6016 if Ovflo then
6017 Rent := RE_Exp_Long_Long_Integer;
6018 else
6019 Rent := RE_Exn_Long_Long_Integer;
6020 end if;
6021
6022 elsif Is_Signed_Integer_Type (Rtyp) then
6023 Etyp := Standard_Integer;
6024
6025 if Ovflo then
6026 Rent := RE_Exp_Integer;
6027 else
6028 Rent := RE_Exn_Integer;
6029 end if;
6030
6031 -- Floating-point cases, always done using Long_Long_Float. We do not
6032 -- need separate routines for the overflow case here, since in the case
6033 -- of floating-point, we generate infinities anyway as a rule (either
6034 -- that or we automatically trap overflow), and if there is an infinity
6035 -- generated and a range check is required, the check will fail anyway.
6036
6037 else
6038 pragma Assert (Is_Floating_Point_Type (Rtyp));
6039 Etyp := Standard_Long_Long_Float;
6040 Rent := RE_Exn_Long_Long_Float;
6041 end if;
6042
6043 -- Common processing for integer cases and floating-point cases.
6044 -- If we are in the right type, we can call runtime routine directly
6045
6046 if Typ = Etyp
6047 and then Rtyp /= Universal_Integer
6048 and then Rtyp /= Universal_Real
6049 then
6050 Rewrite (N,
6051 Make_Function_Call (Loc,
6052 Name => New_Reference_To (RTE (Rent), Loc),
6053 Parameter_Associations => New_List (Base, Exp)));
6054
6055 -- Otherwise we have to introduce conversions (conversions are also
6056 -- required in the universal cases, since the runtime routine is
6057 -- typed using one of the standard types).
6058
6059 else
6060 Rewrite (N,
6061 Convert_To (Typ,
6062 Make_Function_Call (Loc,
6063 Name => New_Reference_To (RTE (Rent), Loc),
6064 Parameter_Associations => New_List (
6065 Convert_To (Etyp, Base),
6066 Exp))));
6067 end if;
6068
6069 Analyze_And_Resolve (N, Typ);
6070 return;
6071
6072 exception
6073 when RE_Not_Available =>
6074 return;
6075 end Expand_N_Op_Expon;
6076
6077 --------------------
6078 -- Expand_N_Op_Ge --
6079 --------------------
6080
6081 procedure Expand_N_Op_Ge (N : Node_Id) is
6082 Typ : constant Entity_Id := Etype (N);
6083 Op1 : constant Node_Id := Left_Opnd (N);
6084 Op2 : constant Node_Id := Right_Opnd (N);
6085 Typ1 : constant Entity_Id := Base_Type (Etype (Op1));
6086
6087 begin
6088 Binary_Op_Validity_Checks (N);
6089
6090 if Is_Array_Type (Typ1) then
6091 Expand_Array_Comparison (N);
6092 return;
6093 end if;
6094
6095 if Is_Boolean_Type (Typ1) then
6096 Adjust_Condition (Op1);
6097 Adjust_Condition (Op2);
6098 Set_Etype (N, Standard_Boolean);
6099 Adjust_Result_Type (N, Typ);
6100 end if;
6101
6102 Rewrite_Comparison (N);
6103
6104 -- If we still have comparison, and Vax_Float type, process it
6105
6106 if Vax_Float (Typ1) and then Nkind (N) in N_Op_Compare then
6107 Expand_Vax_Comparison (N);
6108 return;
6109 end if;
6110 end Expand_N_Op_Ge;
6111
6112 --------------------
6113 -- Expand_N_Op_Gt --
6114 --------------------
6115
6116 procedure Expand_N_Op_Gt (N : Node_Id) is
6117 Typ : constant Entity_Id := Etype (N);
6118 Op1 : constant Node_Id := Left_Opnd (N);
6119 Op2 : constant Node_Id := Right_Opnd (N);
6120 Typ1 : constant Entity_Id := Base_Type (Etype (Op1));
6121
6122 begin
6123 Binary_Op_Validity_Checks (N);
6124
6125 if Is_Array_Type (Typ1) then
6126 Expand_Array_Comparison (N);
6127 return;
6128 end if;
6129
6130 if Is_Boolean_Type (Typ1) then
6131 Adjust_Condition (Op1);
6132 Adjust_Condition (Op2);
6133 Set_Etype (N, Standard_Boolean);
6134 Adjust_Result_Type (N, Typ);
6135 end if;
6136
6137 Rewrite_Comparison (N);
6138
6139 -- If we still have comparison, and Vax_Float type, process it
6140
6141 if Vax_Float (Typ1) and then Nkind (N) in N_Op_Compare then
6142 Expand_Vax_Comparison (N);
6143 return;
6144 end if;
6145 end Expand_N_Op_Gt;
6146
6147 --------------------
6148 -- Expand_N_Op_Le --
6149 --------------------
6150
6151 procedure Expand_N_Op_Le (N : Node_Id) is
6152 Typ : constant Entity_Id := Etype (N);
6153 Op1 : constant Node_Id := Left_Opnd (N);
6154 Op2 : constant Node_Id := Right_Opnd (N);
6155 Typ1 : constant Entity_Id := Base_Type (Etype (Op1));
6156
6157 begin
6158 Binary_Op_Validity_Checks (N);
6159
6160 if Is_Array_Type (Typ1) then
6161 Expand_Array_Comparison (N);
6162 return;
6163 end if;
6164
6165 if Is_Boolean_Type (Typ1) then
6166 Adjust_Condition (Op1);
6167 Adjust_Condition (Op2);
6168 Set_Etype (N, Standard_Boolean);
6169 Adjust_Result_Type (N, Typ);
6170 end if;
6171
6172 Rewrite_Comparison (N);
6173
6174 -- If we still have comparison, and Vax_Float type, process it
6175
6176 if Vax_Float (Typ1) and then Nkind (N) in N_Op_Compare then
6177 Expand_Vax_Comparison (N);
6178 return;
6179 end if;
6180 end Expand_N_Op_Le;
6181
6182 --------------------
6183 -- Expand_N_Op_Lt --
6184 --------------------
6185
6186 procedure Expand_N_Op_Lt (N : Node_Id) is
6187 Typ : constant Entity_Id := Etype (N);
6188 Op1 : constant Node_Id := Left_Opnd (N);
6189 Op2 : constant Node_Id := Right_Opnd (N);
6190 Typ1 : constant Entity_Id := Base_Type (Etype (Op1));
6191
6192 begin
6193 Binary_Op_Validity_Checks (N);
6194
6195 if Is_Array_Type (Typ1) then
6196 Expand_Array_Comparison (N);
6197 return;
6198 end if;
6199
6200 if Is_Boolean_Type (Typ1) then
6201 Adjust_Condition (Op1);
6202 Adjust_Condition (Op2);
6203 Set_Etype (N, Standard_Boolean);
6204 Adjust_Result_Type (N, Typ);
6205 end if;
6206
6207 Rewrite_Comparison (N);
6208
6209 -- If we still have comparison, and Vax_Float type, process it
6210
6211 if Vax_Float (Typ1) and then Nkind (N) in N_Op_Compare then
6212 Expand_Vax_Comparison (N);
6213 return;
6214 end if;
6215 end Expand_N_Op_Lt;
6216
6217 -----------------------
6218 -- Expand_N_Op_Minus --
6219 -----------------------
6220
6221 procedure Expand_N_Op_Minus (N : Node_Id) is
6222 Loc : constant Source_Ptr := Sloc (N);
6223 Typ : constant Entity_Id := Etype (N);
6224
6225 begin
6226 Unary_Op_Validity_Checks (N);
6227
6228 if not Backend_Overflow_Checks_On_Target
6229 and then Is_Signed_Integer_Type (Etype (N))
6230 and then Do_Overflow_Check (N)
6231 then
6232 -- Software overflow checking expands -expr into (0 - expr)
6233
6234 Rewrite (N,
6235 Make_Op_Subtract (Loc,
6236 Left_Opnd => Make_Integer_Literal (Loc, 0),
6237 Right_Opnd => Right_Opnd (N)));
6238
6239 Analyze_And_Resolve (N, Typ);
6240
6241 -- Vax floating-point types case
6242
6243 elsif Vax_Float (Etype (N)) then
6244 Expand_Vax_Arith (N);
6245 end if;
6246 end Expand_N_Op_Minus;
6247
6248 ---------------------
6249 -- Expand_N_Op_Mod --
6250 ---------------------
6251
6252 procedure Expand_N_Op_Mod (N : Node_Id) is
6253 Loc : constant Source_Ptr := Sloc (N);
6254 Typ : constant Entity_Id := Etype (N);
6255 Left : constant Node_Id := Left_Opnd (N);
6256 Right : constant Node_Id := Right_Opnd (N);
6257 DOC : constant Boolean := Do_Overflow_Check (N);
6258 DDC : constant Boolean := Do_Division_Check (N);
6259
6260 LLB : Uint;
6261 Llo : Uint;
6262 Lhi : Uint;
6263 LOK : Boolean;
6264 Rlo : Uint;
6265 Rhi : Uint;
6266 ROK : Boolean;
6267
6268 pragma Warnings (Off, Lhi);
6269
6270 begin
6271 Binary_Op_Validity_Checks (N);
6272
6273 Determine_Range (Right, ROK, Rlo, Rhi);
6274 Determine_Range (Left, LOK, Llo, Lhi);
6275
6276 -- Convert mod to rem if operands are known non-negative. We do this
6277 -- since it is quite likely that this will improve the quality of code,
6278 -- (the operation now corresponds to the hardware remainder), and it
6279 -- does not seem likely that it could be harmful.
6280
6281 if LOK and then Llo >= 0
6282 and then
6283 ROK and then Rlo >= 0
6284 then
6285 Rewrite (N,
6286 Make_Op_Rem (Sloc (N),
6287 Left_Opnd => Left_Opnd (N),
6288 Right_Opnd => Right_Opnd (N)));
6289
6290 -- Instead of reanalyzing the node we do the analysis manually. This
6291 -- avoids anomalies when the replacement is done in an instance and
6292 -- is epsilon more efficient.
6293
6294 Set_Entity (N, Standard_Entity (S_Op_Rem));
6295 Set_Etype (N, Typ);
6296 Set_Do_Overflow_Check (N, DOC);
6297 Set_Do_Division_Check (N, DDC);
6298 Expand_N_Op_Rem (N);
6299 Set_Analyzed (N);
6300
6301 -- Otherwise, normal mod processing
6302
6303 else
6304 if Is_Integer_Type (Etype (N)) then
6305 Apply_Divide_Check (N);
6306 end if;
6307
6308 -- Apply optimization x mod 1 = 0. We don't really need that with
6309 -- gcc, but it is useful with other back ends (e.g. AAMP), and is
6310 -- certainly harmless.
6311
6312 if Is_Integer_Type (Etype (N))
6313 and then Compile_Time_Known_Value (Right)
6314 and then Expr_Value (Right) = Uint_1
6315 then
6316 -- Call Remove_Side_Effects to ensure that any side effects in
6317 -- the ignored left operand (in particular function calls to
6318 -- user defined functions) are properly executed.
6319
6320 Remove_Side_Effects (Left);
6321
6322 Rewrite (N, Make_Integer_Literal (Loc, 0));
6323 Analyze_And_Resolve (N, Typ);
6324 return;
6325 end if;
6326
6327 -- Deal with annoying case of largest negative number remainder
6328 -- minus one. Gigi does not handle this case correctly, because
6329 -- it generates a divide instruction which may trap in this case.
6330
6331 -- In fact the check is quite easy, if the right operand is -1, then
6332 -- the mod value is always 0, and we can just ignore the left operand
6333 -- completely in this case.
6334
6335 -- The operand type may be private (e.g. in the expansion of an
6336 -- intrinsic operation) so we must use the underlying type to get the
6337 -- bounds, and convert the literals explicitly.
6338
6339 LLB :=
6340 Expr_Value
6341 (Type_Low_Bound (Base_Type (Underlying_Type (Etype (Left)))));
6342
6343 if ((not ROK) or else (Rlo <= (-1) and then (-1) <= Rhi))
6344 and then
6345 ((not LOK) or else (Llo = LLB))
6346 then
6347 Rewrite (N,
6348 Make_Conditional_Expression (Loc,
6349 Expressions => New_List (
6350 Make_Op_Eq (Loc,
6351 Left_Opnd => Duplicate_Subexpr (Right),
6352 Right_Opnd =>
6353 Unchecked_Convert_To (Typ,
6354 Make_Integer_Literal (Loc, -1))),
6355 Unchecked_Convert_To (Typ,
6356 Make_Integer_Literal (Loc, Uint_0)),
6357 Relocate_Node (N))));
6358
6359 Set_Analyzed (Next (Next (First (Expressions (N)))));
6360 Analyze_And_Resolve (N, Typ);
6361 end if;
6362 end if;
6363 end Expand_N_Op_Mod;
6364
6365 --------------------------
6366 -- Expand_N_Op_Multiply --
6367 --------------------------
6368
6369 procedure Expand_N_Op_Multiply (N : Node_Id) is
6370 Loc : constant Source_Ptr := Sloc (N);
6371 Lop : constant Node_Id := Left_Opnd (N);
6372 Rop : constant Node_Id := Right_Opnd (N);
6373
6374 Lp2 : constant Boolean :=
6375 Nkind (Lop) = N_Op_Expon
6376 and then Is_Power_Of_2_For_Shift (Lop);
6377
6378 Rp2 : constant Boolean :=
6379 Nkind (Rop) = N_Op_Expon
6380 and then Is_Power_Of_2_For_Shift (Rop);
6381
6382 Ltyp : constant Entity_Id := Etype (Lop);
6383 Rtyp : constant Entity_Id := Etype (Rop);
6384 Typ : Entity_Id := Etype (N);
6385
6386 begin
6387 Binary_Op_Validity_Checks (N);
6388
6389 -- Special optimizations for integer types
6390
6391 if Is_Integer_Type (Typ) then
6392
6393 -- N * 0 = 0 for integer types
6394
6395 if Compile_Time_Known_Value (Rop)
6396 and then Expr_Value (Rop) = Uint_0
6397 then
6398 -- Call Remove_Side_Effects to ensure that any side effects in
6399 -- the ignored left operand (in particular function calls to
6400 -- user defined functions) are properly executed.
6401
6402 Remove_Side_Effects (Lop);
6403
6404 Rewrite (N, Make_Integer_Literal (Loc, Uint_0));
6405 Analyze_And_Resolve (N, Typ);
6406 return;
6407 end if;
6408
6409 -- Similar handling for 0 * N = 0
6410
6411 if Compile_Time_Known_Value (Lop)
6412 and then Expr_Value (Lop) = Uint_0
6413 then
6414 Remove_Side_Effects (Rop);
6415 Rewrite (N, Make_Integer_Literal (Loc, Uint_0));
6416 Analyze_And_Resolve (N, Typ);
6417 return;
6418 end if;
6419
6420 -- N * 1 = 1 * N = N for integer types
6421
6422 -- This optimisation is not done if we are going to
6423 -- rewrite the product 1 * 2 ** N to a shift.
6424
6425 if Compile_Time_Known_Value (Rop)
6426 and then Expr_Value (Rop) = Uint_1
6427 and then not Lp2
6428 then
6429 Rewrite (N, Lop);
6430 return;
6431
6432 elsif Compile_Time_Known_Value (Lop)
6433 and then Expr_Value (Lop) = Uint_1
6434 and then not Rp2
6435 then
6436 Rewrite (N, Rop);
6437 return;
6438 end if;
6439 end if;
6440
6441 -- Convert x * 2 ** y to Shift_Left (x, y). Note that the fact that
6442 -- Is_Power_Of_2_For_Shift is set means that we know that our left
6443 -- operand is an integer, as required for this to work.
6444
6445 if Rp2 then
6446 if Lp2 then
6447
6448 -- Convert 2 ** A * 2 ** B into 2 ** (A + B)
6449
6450 Rewrite (N,
6451 Make_Op_Expon (Loc,
6452 Left_Opnd => Make_Integer_Literal (Loc, 2),
6453 Right_Opnd =>
6454 Make_Op_Add (Loc,
6455 Left_Opnd => Right_Opnd (Lop),
6456 Right_Opnd => Right_Opnd (Rop))));
6457 Analyze_And_Resolve (N, Typ);
6458 return;
6459
6460 else
6461 Rewrite (N,
6462 Make_Op_Shift_Left (Loc,
6463 Left_Opnd => Lop,
6464 Right_Opnd =>
6465 Convert_To (Standard_Natural, Right_Opnd (Rop))));
6466 Analyze_And_Resolve (N, Typ);
6467 return;
6468 end if;
6469
6470 -- Same processing for the operands the other way round
6471
6472 elsif Lp2 then
6473 Rewrite (N,
6474 Make_Op_Shift_Left (Loc,
6475 Left_Opnd => Rop,
6476 Right_Opnd =>
6477 Convert_To (Standard_Natural, Right_Opnd (Lop))));
6478 Analyze_And_Resolve (N, Typ);
6479 return;
6480 end if;
6481
6482 -- Do required fixup of universal fixed operation
6483
6484 if Typ = Universal_Fixed then
6485 Fixup_Universal_Fixed_Operation (N);
6486 Typ := Etype (N);
6487 end if;
6488
6489 -- Multiplications with fixed-point results
6490
6491 if Is_Fixed_Point_Type (Typ) then
6492
6493 -- No special processing if Treat_Fixed_As_Integer is set, since from
6494 -- a semantic point of view such operations are simply integer
6495 -- operations and will be treated that way.
6496
6497 if not Treat_Fixed_As_Integer (N) then
6498
6499 -- Case of fixed * integer => fixed
6500
6501 if Is_Integer_Type (Rtyp) then
6502 Expand_Multiply_Fixed_By_Integer_Giving_Fixed (N);
6503
6504 -- Case of integer * fixed => fixed
6505
6506 elsif Is_Integer_Type (Ltyp) then
6507 Expand_Multiply_Integer_By_Fixed_Giving_Fixed (N);
6508
6509 -- Case of fixed * fixed => fixed
6510
6511 else
6512 Expand_Multiply_Fixed_By_Fixed_Giving_Fixed (N);
6513 end if;
6514 end if;
6515
6516 -- Other cases of multiplication of fixed-point operands. Again we
6517 -- exclude the cases where Treat_Fixed_As_Integer flag is set.
6518
6519 elsif (Is_Fixed_Point_Type (Ltyp) or else Is_Fixed_Point_Type (Rtyp))
6520 and then not Treat_Fixed_As_Integer (N)
6521 then
6522 if Is_Integer_Type (Typ) then
6523 Expand_Multiply_Fixed_By_Fixed_Giving_Integer (N);
6524 else
6525 pragma Assert (Is_Floating_Point_Type (Typ));
6526 Expand_Multiply_Fixed_By_Fixed_Giving_Float (N);
6527 end if;
6528
6529 -- Mixed-mode operations can appear in a non-static universal context,
6530 -- in which case the integer argument must be converted explicitly.
6531
6532 elsif Typ = Universal_Real
6533 and then Is_Integer_Type (Rtyp)
6534 then
6535 Rewrite (Rop, Convert_To (Universal_Real, Relocate_Node (Rop)));
6536
6537 Analyze_And_Resolve (Rop, Universal_Real);
6538
6539 elsif Typ = Universal_Real
6540 and then Is_Integer_Type (Ltyp)
6541 then
6542 Rewrite (Lop, Convert_To (Universal_Real, Relocate_Node (Lop)));
6543
6544 Analyze_And_Resolve (Lop, Universal_Real);
6545
6546 -- Non-fixed point cases, check software overflow checking required
6547
6548 elsif Is_Signed_Integer_Type (Etype (N)) then
6549 Apply_Arithmetic_Overflow_Check (N);
6550
6551 -- Deal with VAX float case
6552
6553 elsif Vax_Float (Typ) then
6554 Expand_Vax_Arith (N);
6555 return;
6556 end if;
6557 end Expand_N_Op_Multiply;
6558
6559 --------------------
6560 -- Expand_N_Op_Ne --
6561 --------------------
6562
6563 procedure Expand_N_Op_Ne (N : Node_Id) is
6564 Typ : constant Entity_Id := Etype (Left_Opnd (N));
6565
6566 begin
6567 -- Case of elementary type with standard operator
6568
6569 if Is_Elementary_Type (Typ)
6570 and then Sloc (Entity (N)) = Standard_Location
6571 then
6572 Binary_Op_Validity_Checks (N);
6573
6574 -- Boolean types (requiring handling of non-standard case)
6575
6576 if Is_Boolean_Type (Typ) then
6577 Adjust_Condition (Left_Opnd (N));
6578 Adjust_Condition (Right_Opnd (N));
6579 Set_Etype (N, Standard_Boolean);
6580 Adjust_Result_Type (N, Typ);
6581 end if;
6582
6583 Rewrite_Comparison (N);
6584
6585 -- If we still have comparison for Vax_Float, process it
6586
6587 if Vax_Float (Typ) and then Nkind (N) in N_Op_Compare then
6588 Expand_Vax_Comparison (N);
6589 return;
6590 end if;
6591
6592 -- For all cases other than elementary types, we rewrite node as the
6593 -- negation of an equality operation, and reanalyze. The equality to be
6594 -- used is defined in the same scope and has the same signature. This
6595 -- signature must be set explicitly since in an instance it may not have
6596 -- the same visibility as in the generic unit. This avoids duplicating
6597 -- or factoring the complex code for record/array equality tests etc.
6598
6599 else
6600 declare
6601 Loc : constant Source_Ptr := Sloc (N);
6602 Neg : Node_Id;
6603 Ne : constant Entity_Id := Entity (N);
6604
6605 begin
6606 Binary_Op_Validity_Checks (N);
6607
6608 Neg :=
6609 Make_Op_Not (Loc,
6610 Right_Opnd =>
6611 Make_Op_Eq (Loc,
6612 Left_Opnd => Left_Opnd (N),
6613 Right_Opnd => Right_Opnd (N)));
6614 Set_Paren_Count (Right_Opnd (Neg), 1);
6615
6616 if Scope (Ne) /= Standard_Standard then
6617 Set_Entity (Right_Opnd (Neg), Corresponding_Equality (Ne));
6618 end if;
6619
6620 -- For navigation purposes, the inequality is treated as an
6621 -- implicit reference to the corresponding equality. Preserve the
6622 -- Comes_From_ source flag so that the proper Xref entry is
6623 -- generated.
6624
6625 Preserve_Comes_From_Source (Neg, N);
6626 Preserve_Comes_From_Source (Right_Opnd (Neg), N);
6627 Rewrite (N, Neg);
6628 Analyze_And_Resolve (N, Standard_Boolean);
6629 end;
6630 end if;
6631 end Expand_N_Op_Ne;
6632
6633 ---------------------
6634 -- Expand_N_Op_Not --
6635 ---------------------
6636
6637 -- If the argument is other than a Boolean array type, there is no special
6638 -- expansion required.
6639
6640 -- For the packed case, we call the special routine in Exp_Pakd, except
6641 -- that if the component size is greater than one, we use the standard
6642 -- routine generating a gruesome loop (it is so peculiar to have packed
6643 -- arrays with non-standard Boolean representations anyway, so it does not
6644 -- matter that we do not handle this case efficiently).
6645
6646 -- For the unpacked case (and for the special packed case where we have non
6647 -- standard Booleans, as discussed above), we generate and insert into the
6648 -- tree the following function definition:
6649
6650 -- function Nnnn (A : arr) is
6651 -- B : arr;
6652 -- begin
6653 -- for J in a'range loop
6654 -- B (J) := not A (J);
6655 -- end loop;
6656 -- return B;
6657 -- end Nnnn;
6658
6659 -- Here arr is the actual subtype of the parameter (and hence always
6660 -- constrained). Then we replace the not with a call to this function.
6661
6662 procedure Expand_N_Op_Not (N : Node_Id) is
6663 Loc : constant Source_Ptr := Sloc (N);
6664 Typ : constant Entity_Id := Etype (N);
6665 Opnd : Node_Id;
6666 Arr : Entity_Id;
6667 A : Entity_Id;
6668 B : Entity_Id;
6669 J : Entity_Id;
6670 A_J : Node_Id;
6671 B_J : Node_Id;
6672
6673 Func_Name : Entity_Id;
6674 Loop_Statement : Node_Id;
6675
6676 begin
6677 Unary_Op_Validity_Checks (N);
6678
6679 -- For boolean operand, deal with non-standard booleans
6680
6681 if Is_Boolean_Type (Typ) then
6682 Adjust_Condition (Right_Opnd (N));
6683 Set_Etype (N, Standard_Boolean);
6684 Adjust_Result_Type (N, Typ);
6685 return;
6686 end if;
6687
6688 -- Only array types need any other processing
6689
6690 if not Is_Array_Type (Typ) then
6691 return;
6692 end if;
6693
6694 -- Case of array operand. If bit packed with a component size of 1,
6695 -- handle it in Exp_Pakd if the operand is known to be aligned.
6696
6697 if Is_Bit_Packed_Array (Typ)
6698 and then Component_Size (Typ) = 1
6699 and then not Is_Possibly_Unaligned_Object (Right_Opnd (N))
6700 then
6701 Expand_Packed_Not (N);
6702 return;
6703 end if;
6704
6705 -- Case of array operand which is not bit-packed. If the context is
6706 -- a safe assignment, call in-place operation, If context is a larger
6707 -- boolean expression in the context of a safe assignment, expansion is
6708 -- done by enclosing operation.
6709
6710 Opnd := Relocate_Node (Right_Opnd (N));
6711 Convert_To_Actual_Subtype (Opnd);
6712 Arr := Etype (Opnd);
6713 Ensure_Defined (Arr, N);
6714 Silly_Boolean_Array_Not_Test (N, Arr);
6715
6716 if Nkind (Parent (N)) = N_Assignment_Statement then
6717 if Safe_In_Place_Array_Op (Name (Parent (N)), N, Empty) then
6718 Build_Boolean_Array_Proc_Call (Parent (N), Opnd, Empty);
6719 return;
6720
6721 -- Special case the negation of a binary operation
6722
6723 elsif Nkind_In (Opnd, N_Op_And, N_Op_Or, N_Op_Xor)
6724 and then Safe_In_Place_Array_Op
6725 (Name (Parent (N)), Left_Opnd (Opnd), Right_Opnd (Opnd))
6726 then
6727 Build_Boolean_Array_Proc_Call (Parent (N), Opnd, Empty);
6728 return;
6729 end if;
6730
6731 elsif Nkind (Parent (N)) in N_Binary_Op
6732 and then Nkind (Parent (Parent (N))) = N_Assignment_Statement
6733 then
6734 declare
6735 Op1 : constant Node_Id := Left_Opnd (Parent (N));
6736 Op2 : constant Node_Id := Right_Opnd (Parent (N));
6737 Lhs : constant Node_Id := Name (Parent (Parent (N)));
6738
6739 begin
6740 if Safe_In_Place_Array_Op (Lhs, Op1, Op2) then
6741 if N = Op1
6742 and then Nkind (Op2) = N_Op_Not
6743 then
6744 -- (not A) op (not B) can be reduced to a single call
6745
6746 return;
6747
6748 elsif N = Op2
6749 and then Nkind (Parent (N)) = N_Op_Xor
6750 then
6751 -- A xor (not B) can also be special-cased
6752
6753 return;
6754 end if;
6755 end if;
6756 end;
6757 end if;
6758
6759 A := Make_Defining_Identifier (Loc, Name_uA);
6760 B := Make_Defining_Identifier (Loc, Name_uB);
6761 J := Make_Defining_Identifier (Loc, Name_uJ);
6762
6763 A_J :=
6764 Make_Indexed_Component (Loc,
6765 Prefix => New_Reference_To (A, Loc),
6766 Expressions => New_List (New_Reference_To (J, Loc)));
6767
6768 B_J :=
6769 Make_Indexed_Component (Loc,
6770 Prefix => New_Reference_To (B, Loc),
6771 Expressions => New_List (New_Reference_To (J, Loc)));
6772
6773 Loop_Statement :=
6774 Make_Implicit_Loop_Statement (N,
6775 Identifier => Empty,
6776
6777 Iteration_Scheme =>
6778 Make_Iteration_Scheme (Loc,
6779 Loop_Parameter_Specification =>
6780 Make_Loop_Parameter_Specification (Loc,
6781 Defining_Identifier => J,
6782 Discrete_Subtype_Definition =>
6783 Make_Attribute_Reference (Loc,
6784 Prefix => Make_Identifier (Loc, Chars (A)),
6785 Attribute_Name => Name_Range))),
6786
6787 Statements => New_List (
6788 Make_Assignment_Statement (Loc,
6789 Name => B_J,
6790 Expression => Make_Op_Not (Loc, A_J))));
6791
6792 Func_Name := Make_Defining_Identifier (Loc, New_Internal_Name ('N'));
6793 Set_Is_Inlined (Func_Name);
6794
6795 Insert_Action (N,
6796 Make_Subprogram_Body (Loc,
6797 Specification =>
6798 Make_Function_Specification (Loc,
6799 Defining_Unit_Name => Func_Name,
6800 Parameter_Specifications => New_List (
6801 Make_Parameter_Specification (Loc,
6802 Defining_Identifier => A,
6803 Parameter_Type => New_Reference_To (Typ, Loc))),
6804 Result_Definition => New_Reference_To (Typ, Loc)),
6805
6806 Declarations => New_List (
6807 Make_Object_Declaration (Loc,
6808 Defining_Identifier => B,
6809 Object_Definition => New_Reference_To (Arr, Loc))),
6810
6811 Handled_Statement_Sequence =>
6812 Make_Handled_Sequence_Of_Statements (Loc,
6813 Statements => New_List (
6814 Loop_Statement,
6815 Make_Simple_Return_Statement (Loc,
6816 Expression =>
6817 Make_Identifier (Loc, Chars (B)))))));
6818
6819 Rewrite (N,
6820 Make_Function_Call (Loc,
6821 Name => New_Reference_To (Func_Name, Loc),
6822 Parameter_Associations => New_List (Opnd)));
6823
6824 Analyze_And_Resolve (N, Typ);
6825 end Expand_N_Op_Not;
6826
6827 --------------------
6828 -- Expand_N_Op_Or --
6829 --------------------
6830
6831 procedure Expand_N_Op_Or (N : Node_Id) is
6832 Typ : constant Entity_Id := Etype (N);
6833
6834 begin
6835 Binary_Op_Validity_Checks (N);
6836
6837 if Is_Array_Type (Etype (N)) then
6838 Expand_Boolean_Operator (N);
6839
6840 elsif Is_Boolean_Type (Etype (N)) then
6841 Adjust_Condition (Left_Opnd (N));
6842 Adjust_Condition (Right_Opnd (N));
6843 Set_Etype (N, Standard_Boolean);
6844 Adjust_Result_Type (N, Typ);
6845 end if;
6846 end Expand_N_Op_Or;
6847
6848 ----------------------
6849 -- Expand_N_Op_Plus --
6850 ----------------------
6851
6852 procedure Expand_N_Op_Plus (N : Node_Id) is
6853 begin
6854 Unary_Op_Validity_Checks (N);
6855 end Expand_N_Op_Plus;
6856
6857 ---------------------
6858 -- Expand_N_Op_Rem --
6859 ---------------------
6860
6861 procedure Expand_N_Op_Rem (N : Node_Id) is
6862 Loc : constant Source_Ptr := Sloc (N);
6863 Typ : constant Entity_Id := Etype (N);
6864
6865 Left : constant Node_Id := Left_Opnd (N);
6866 Right : constant Node_Id := Right_Opnd (N);
6867
6868 LLB : Uint;
6869 Llo : Uint;
6870 Lhi : Uint;
6871 LOK : Boolean;
6872 Rlo : Uint;
6873 Rhi : Uint;
6874 ROK : Boolean;
6875
6876 pragma Warnings (Off, Lhi);
6877
6878 begin
6879 Binary_Op_Validity_Checks (N);
6880
6881 if Is_Integer_Type (Etype (N)) then
6882 Apply_Divide_Check (N);
6883 end if;
6884
6885 -- Apply optimization x rem 1 = 0. We don't really need that with gcc,
6886 -- but it is useful with other back ends (e.g. AAMP), and is certainly
6887 -- harmless.
6888
6889 if Is_Integer_Type (Etype (N))
6890 and then Compile_Time_Known_Value (Right)
6891 and then Expr_Value (Right) = Uint_1
6892 then
6893 -- Call Remove_Side_Effects to ensure that any side effects in the
6894 -- ignored left operand (in particular function calls to user defined
6895 -- functions) are properly executed.
6896
6897 Remove_Side_Effects (Left);
6898
6899 Rewrite (N, Make_Integer_Literal (Loc, 0));
6900 Analyze_And_Resolve (N, Typ);
6901 return;
6902 end if;
6903
6904 -- Deal with annoying case of largest negative number remainder minus
6905 -- one. Gigi does not handle this case correctly, because it generates
6906 -- a divide instruction which may trap in this case.
6907
6908 -- In fact the check is quite easy, if the right operand is -1, then
6909 -- the remainder is always 0, and we can just ignore the left operand
6910 -- completely in this case.
6911
6912 Determine_Range (Right, ROK, Rlo, Rhi);
6913 Determine_Range (Left, LOK, Llo, Lhi);
6914
6915 -- The operand type may be private (e.g. in the expansion of an
6916 -- intrinsic operation) so we must use the underlying type to get the
6917 -- bounds, and convert the literals explicitly.
6918
6919 LLB :=
6920 Expr_Value
6921 (Type_Low_Bound (Base_Type (Underlying_Type (Etype (Left)))));
6922
6923 -- Now perform the test, generating code only if needed
6924
6925 if ((not ROK) or else (Rlo <= (-1) and then (-1) <= Rhi))
6926 and then
6927 ((not LOK) or else (Llo = LLB))
6928 then
6929 Rewrite (N,
6930 Make_Conditional_Expression (Loc,
6931 Expressions => New_List (
6932 Make_Op_Eq (Loc,
6933 Left_Opnd => Duplicate_Subexpr (Right),
6934 Right_Opnd =>
6935 Unchecked_Convert_To (Typ,
6936 Make_Integer_Literal (Loc, -1))),
6937
6938 Unchecked_Convert_To (Typ,
6939 Make_Integer_Literal (Loc, Uint_0)),
6940
6941 Relocate_Node (N))));
6942
6943 Set_Analyzed (Next (Next (First (Expressions (N)))));
6944 Analyze_And_Resolve (N, Typ);
6945 end if;
6946 end Expand_N_Op_Rem;
6947
6948 -----------------------------
6949 -- Expand_N_Op_Rotate_Left --
6950 -----------------------------
6951
6952 procedure Expand_N_Op_Rotate_Left (N : Node_Id) is
6953 begin
6954 Binary_Op_Validity_Checks (N);
6955 end Expand_N_Op_Rotate_Left;
6956
6957 ------------------------------
6958 -- Expand_N_Op_Rotate_Right --
6959 ------------------------------
6960
6961 procedure Expand_N_Op_Rotate_Right (N : Node_Id) is
6962 begin
6963 Binary_Op_Validity_Checks (N);
6964 end Expand_N_Op_Rotate_Right;
6965
6966 ----------------------------
6967 -- Expand_N_Op_Shift_Left --
6968 ----------------------------
6969
6970 procedure Expand_N_Op_Shift_Left (N : Node_Id) is
6971 begin
6972 Binary_Op_Validity_Checks (N);
6973 end Expand_N_Op_Shift_Left;
6974
6975 -----------------------------
6976 -- Expand_N_Op_Shift_Right --
6977 -----------------------------
6978
6979 procedure Expand_N_Op_Shift_Right (N : Node_Id) is
6980 begin
6981 Binary_Op_Validity_Checks (N);
6982 end Expand_N_Op_Shift_Right;
6983
6984 ----------------------------------------
6985 -- Expand_N_Op_Shift_Right_Arithmetic --
6986 ----------------------------------------
6987
6988 procedure Expand_N_Op_Shift_Right_Arithmetic (N : Node_Id) is
6989 begin
6990 Binary_Op_Validity_Checks (N);
6991 end Expand_N_Op_Shift_Right_Arithmetic;
6992
6993 --------------------------
6994 -- Expand_N_Op_Subtract --
6995 --------------------------
6996
6997 procedure Expand_N_Op_Subtract (N : Node_Id) is
6998 Typ : constant Entity_Id := Etype (N);
6999
7000 begin
7001 Binary_Op_Validity_Checks (N);
7002
7003 -- N - 0 = N for integer types
7004
7005 if Is_Integer_Type (Typ)
7006 and then Compile_Time_Known_Value (Right_Opnd (N))
7007 and then Expr_Value (Right_Opnd (N)) = 0
7008 then
7009 Rewrite (N, Left_Opnd (N));
7010 return;
7011 end if;
7012
7013 -- Arithmetic overflow checks for signed integer/fixed point types
7014
7015 if Is_Signed_Integer_Type (Typ)
7016 or else Is_Fixed_Point_Type (Typ)
7017 then
7018 Apply_Arithmetic_Overflow_Check (N);
7019
7020 -- Vax floating-point types case
7021
7022 elsif Vax_Float (Typ) then
7023 Expand_Vax_Arith (N);
7024 end if;
7025 end Expand_N_Op_Subtract;
7026
7027 ---------------------
7028 -- Expand_N_Op_Xor --
7029 ---------------------
7030
7031 procedure Expand_N_Op_Xor (N : Node_Id) is
7032 Typ : constant Entity_Id := Etype (N);
7033
7034 begin
7035 Binary_Op_Validity_Checks (N);
7036
7037 if Is_Array_Type (Etype (N)) then
7038 Expand_Boolean_Operator (N);
7039
7040 elsif Is_Boolean_Type (Etype (N)) then
7041 Adjust_Condition (Left_Opnd (N));
7042 Adjust_Condition (Right_Opnd (N));
7043 Set_Etype (N, Standard_Boolean);
7044 Adjust_Result_Type (N, Typ);
7045 end if;
7046 end Expand_N_Op_Xor;
7047
7048 ----------------------
7049 -- Expand_N_Or_Else --
7050 ----------------------
7051
7052 -- Expand into conditional expression if Actions present, and also
7053 -- deal with optimizing case of arguments being True or False.
7054
7055 procedure Expand_N_Or_Else (N : Node_Id) is
7056 Loc : constant Source_Ptr := Sloc (N);
7057 Typ : constant Entity_Id := Etype (N);
7058 Left : constant Node_Id := Left_Opnd (N);
7059 Right : constant Node_Id := Right_Opnd (N);
7060 Actlist : List_Id;
7061
7062 begin
7063 -- Deal with non-standard booleans
7064
7065 if Is_Boolean_Type (Typ) then
7066 Adjust_Condition (Left);
7067 Adjust_Condition (Right);
7068 Set_Etype (N, Standard_Boolean);
7069 end if;
7070
7071 -- Check for cases where left argument is known to be True or False
7072
7073 if Compile_Time_Known_Value (Left) then
7074
7075 -- If left argument is False, change (False or else Right) to Right.
7076 -- Any actions associated with Right will be executed unconditionally
7077 -- and can thus be inserted into the tree unconditionally.
7078
7079 if Expr_Value_E (Left) = Standard_False then
7080 if Present (Actions (N)) then
7081 Insert_Actions (N, Actions (N));
7082 end if;
7083
7084 Rewrite (N, Right);
7085
7086 -- If left argument is True, change (True and then Right) to True. In
7087 -- this case we can forget the actions associated with Right, since
7088 -- they will never be executed.
7089
7090 else pragma Assert (Expr_Value_E (Left) = Standard_True);
7091 Kill_Dead_Code (Right);
7092 Kill_Dead_Code (Actions (N));
7093 Rewrite (N, New_Occurrence_Of (Standard_True, Loc));
7094 end if;
7095
7096 Adjust_Result_Type (N, Typ);
7097 return;
7098 end if;
7099
7100 -- If Actions are present, we expand
7101
7102 -- left or else right
7103
7104 -- into
7105
7106 -- if left then True else right end
7107
7108 -- with the actions becoming the Else_Actions of the conditional
7109 -- expression. This conditional expression is then further expanded
7110 -- (and will eventually disappear)
7111
7112 if Present (Actions (N)) then
7113 Actlist := Actions (N);
7114 Rewrite (N,
7115 Make_Conditional_Expression (Loc,
7116 Expressions => New_List (
7117 Left,
7118 New_Occurrence_Of (Standard_True, Loc),
7119 Right)));
7120
7121 Set_Else_Actions (N, Actlist);
7122 Analyze_And_Resolve (N, Standard_Boolean);
7123 Adjust_Result_Type (N, Typ);
7124 return;
7125 end if;
7126
7127 -- No actions present, check for cases of right argument True/False
7128
7129 if Compile_Time_Known_Value (Right) then
7130
7131 -- Change (Left or else False) to Left. Note that we know there are
7132 -- no actions associated with the True operand, since we just checked
7133 -- for this case above.
7134
7135 if Expr_Value_E (Right) = Standard_False then
7136 Rewrite (N, Left);
7137
7138 -- Change (Left or else True) to True, making sure to preserve any
7139 -- side effects associated with the Left operand.
7140
7141 else pragma Assert (Expr_Value_E (Right) = Standard_True);
7142 Remove_Side_Effects (Left);
7143 Rewrite
7144 (N, New_Occurrence_Of (Standard_True, Loc));
7145 end if;
7146 end if;
7147
7148 Adjust_Result_Type (N, Typ);
7149 end Expand_N_Or_Else;
7150
7151 -----------------------------------
7152 -- Expand_N_Qualified_Expression --
7153 -----------------------------------
7154
7155 procedure Expand_N_Qualified_Expression (N : Node_Id) is
7156 Operand : constant Node_Id := Expression (N);
7157 Target_Type : constant Entity_Id := Entity (Subtype_Mark (N));
7158
7159 begin
7160 -- Do validity check if validity checking operands
7161
7162 if Validity_Checks_On
7163 and then Validity_Check_Operands
7164 then
7165 Ensure_Valid (Operand);
7166 end if;
7167
7168 -- Apply possible constraint check
7169
7170 Apply_Constraint_Check (Operand, Target_Type, No_Sliding => True);
7171
7172 if Do_Range_Check (Operand) then
7173 Set_Do_Range_Check (Operand, False);
7174 Generate_Range_Check (Operand, Target_Type, CE_Range_Check_Failed);
7175 end if;
7176 end Expand_N_Qualified_Expression;
7177
7178 ---------------------------------
7179 -- Expand_N_Selected_Component --
7180 ---------------------------------
7181
7182 -- If the selector is a discriminant of a concurrent object, rewrite the
7183 -- prefix to denote the corresponding record type.
7184
7185 procedure Expand_N_Selected_Component (N : Node_Id) is
7186 Loc : constant Source_Ptr := Sloc (N);
7187 Par : constant Node_Id := Parent (N);
7188 P : constant Node_Id := Prefix (N);
7189 Ptyp : Entity_Id := Underlying_Type (Etype (P));
7190 Disc : Entity_Id;
7191 New_N : Node_Id;
7192 Dcon : Elmt_Id;
7193
7194 function In_Left_Hand_Side (Comp : Node_Id) return Boolean;
7195 -- Gigi needs a temporary for prefixes that depend on a discriminant,
7196 -- unless the context of an assignment can provide size information.
7197 -- Don't we have a general routine that does this???
7198
7199 -----------------------
7200 -- In_Left_Hand_Side --
7201 -----------------------
7202
7203 function In_Left_Hand_Side (Comp : Node_Id) return Boolean is
7204 begin
7205 return (Nkind (Parent (Comp)) = N_Assignment_Statement
7206 and then Comp = Name (Parent (Comp)))
7207 or else (Present (Parent (Comp))
7208 and then Nkind (Parent (Comp)) in N_Subexpr
7209 and then In_Left_Hand_Side (Parent (Comp)));
7210 end In_Left_Hand_Side;
7211
7212 -- Start of processing for Expand_N_Selected_Component
7213
7214 begin
7215 -- Insert explicit dereference if required
7216
7217 if Is_Access_Type (Ptyp) then
7218 Insert_Explicit_Dereference (P);
7219 Analyze_And_Resolve (P, Designated_Type (Ptyp));
7220
7221 if Ekind (Etype (P)) = E_Private_Subtype
7222 and then Is_For_Access_Subtype (Etype (P))
7223 then
7224 Set_Etype (P, Base_Type (Etype (P)));
7225 end if;
7226
7227 Ptyp := Etype (P);
7228 end if;
7229
7230 -- Deal with discriminant check required
7231
7232 if Do_Discriminant_Check (N) then
7233
7234 -- Present the discriminant checking function to the backend, so that
7235 -- it can inline the call to the function.
7236
7237 Add_Inlined_Body
7238 (Discriminant_Checking_Func
7239 (Original_Record_Component (Entity (Selector_Name (N)))));
7240
7241 -- Now reset the flag and generate the call
7242
7243 Set_Do_Discriminant_Check (N, False);
7244 Generate_Discriminant_Check (N);
7245 end if;
7246
7247 -- Ada 2005 (AI-318-02): If the prefix is a call to a build-in-place
7248 -- function, then additional actuals must be passed.
7249
7250 if Ada_Version >= Ada_05
7251 and then Is_Build_In_Place_Function_Call (P)
7252 then
7253 Make_Build_In_Place_Call_In_Anonymous_Context (P);
7254 end if;
7255
7256 -- Gigi cannot handle unchecked conversions that are the prefix of a
7257 -- selected component with discriminants. This must be checked during
7258 -- expansion, because during analysis the type of the selector is not
7259 -- known at the point the prefix is analyzed. If the conversion is the
7260 -- target of an assignment, then we cannot force the evaluation.
7261
7262 if Nkind (Prefix (N)) = N_Unchecked_Type_Conversion
7263 and then Has_Discriminants (Etype (N))
7264 and then not In_Left_Hand_Side (N)
7265 then
7266 Force_Evaluation (Prefix (N));
7267 end if;
7268
7269 -- Remaining processing applies only if selector is a discriminant
7270
7271 if Ekind (Entity (Selector_Name (N))) = E_Discriminant then
7272
7273 -- If the selector is a discriminant of a constrained record type,
7274 -- we may be able to rewrite the expression with the actual value
7275 -- of the discriminant, a useful optimization in some cases.
7276
7277 if Is_Record_Type (Ptyp)
7278 and then Has_Discriminants (Ptyp)
7279 and then Is_Constrained (Ptyp)
7280 then
7281 -- Do this optimization for discrete types only, and not for
7282 -- access types (access discriminants get us into trouble!)
7283
7284 if not Is_Discrete_Type (Etype (N)) then
7285 null;
7286
7287 -- Don't do this on the left hand of an assignment statement.
7288 -- Normally one would think that references like this would
7289 -- not occur, but they do in generated code, and mean that
7290 -- we really do want to assign the discriminant!
7291
7292 elsif Nkind (Par) = N_Assignment_Statement
7293 and then Name (Par) = N
7294 then
7295 null;
7296
7297 -- Don't do this optimization for the prefix of an attribute or
7298 -- the operand of an object renaming declaration since these are
7299 -- contexts where we do not want the value anyway.
7300
7301 elsif (Nkind (Par) = N_Attribute_Reference
7302 and then Prefix (Par) = N)
7303 or else Is_Renamed_Object (N)
7304 then
7305 null;
7306
7307 -- Don't do this optimization if we are within the code for a
7308 -- discriminant check, since the whole point of such a check may
7309 -- be to verify the condition on which the code below depends!
7310
7311 elsif Is_In_Discriminant_Check (N) then
7312 null;
7313
7314 -- Green light to see if we can do the optimization. There is
7315 -- still one condition that inhibits the optimization below but
7316 -- now is the time to check the particular discriminant.
7317
7318 else
7319 -- Loop through discriminants to find the matching discriminant
7320 -- constraint to see if we can copy it.
7321
7322 Disc := First_Discriminant (Ptyp);
7323 Dcon := First_Elmt (Discriminant_Constraint (Ptyp));
7324 Discr_Loop : while Present (Dcon) loop
7325
7326 -- Check if this is the matching discriminant
7327
7328 if Disc = Entity (Selector_Name (N)) then
7329
7330 -- Here we have the matching discriminant. Check for
7331 -- the case of a discriminant of a component that is
7332 -- constrained by an outer discriminant, which cannot
7333 -- be optimized away.
7334
7335 if
7336 Denotes_Discriminant
7337 (Node (Dcon), Check_Concurrent => True)
7338 then
7339 exit Discr_Loop;
7340
7341 -- In the context of a case statement, the expression may
7342 -- have the base type of the discriminant, and we need to
7343 -- preserve the constraint to avoid spurious errors on
7344 -- missing cases.
7345
7346 elsif Nkind (Parent (N)) = N_Case_Statement
7347 and then Etype (Node (Dcon)) /= Etype (Disc)
7348 then
7349 Rewrite (N,
7350 Make_Qualified_Expression (Loc,
7351 Subtype_Mark =>
7352 New_Occurrence_Of (Etype (Disc), Loc),
7353 Expression =>
7354 New_Copy_Tree (Node (Dcon))));
7355 Analyze_And_Resolve (N, Etype (Disc));
7356
7357 -- In case that comes out as a static expression,
7358 -- reset it (a selected component is never static).
7359
7360 Set_Is_Static_Expression (N, False);
7361 return;
7362
7363 -- Otherwise we can just copy the constraint, but the
7364 -- result is certainly not static! In some cases the
7365 -- discriminant constraint has been analyzed in the
7366 -- context of the original subtype indication, but for
7367 -- itypes the constraint might not have been analyzed
7368 -- yet, and this must be done now.
7369
7370 else
7371 Rewrite (N, New_Copy_Tree (Node (Dcon)));
7372 Analyze_And_Resolve (N);
7373 Set_Is_Static_Expression (N, False);
7374 return;
7375 end if;
7376 end if;
7377
7378 Next_Elmt (Dcon);
7379 Next_Discriminant (Disc);
7380 end loop Discr_Loop;
7381
7382 -- Note: the above loop should always find a matching
7383 -- discriminant, but if it does not, we just missed an
7384 -- optimization due to some glitch (perhaps a previous error),
7385 -- so ignore.
7386
7387 end if;
7388 end if;
7389
7390 -- The only remaining processing is in the case of a discriminant of
7391 -- a concurrent object, where we rewrite the prefix to denote the
7392 -- corresponding record type. If the type is derived and has renamed
7393 -- discriminants, use corresponding discriminant, which is the one
7394 -- that appears in the corresponding record.
7395
7396 if not Is_Concurrent_Type (Ptyp) then
7397 return;
7398 end if;
7399
7400 Disc := Entity (Selector_Name (N));
7401
7402 if Is_Derived_Type (Ptyp)
7403 and then Present (Corresponding_Discriminant (Disc))
7404 then
7405 Disc := Corresponding_Discriminant (Disc);
7406 end if;
7407
7408 New_N :=
7409 Make_Selected_Component (Loc,
7410 Prefix =>
7411 Unchecked_Convert_To (Corresponding_Record_Type (Ptyp),
7412 New_Copy_Tree (P)),
7413 Selector_Name => Make_Identifier (Loc, Chars (Disc)));
7414
7415 Rewrite (N, New_N);
7416 Analyze (N);
7417 end if;
7418 end Expand_N_Selected_Component;
7419
7420 --------------------
7421 -- Expand_N_Slice --
7422 --------------------
7423
7424 procedure Expand_N_Slice (N : Node_Id) is
7425 Loc : constant Source_Ptr := Sloc (N);
7426 Typ : constant Entity_Id := Etype (N);
7427 Pfx : constant Node_Id := Prefix (N);
7428 Ptp : Entity_Id := Etype (Pfx);
7429
7430 function Is_Procedure_Actual (N : Node_Id) return Boolean;
7431 -- Check whether the argument is an actual for a procedure call, in
7432 -- which case the expansion of a bit-packed slice is deferred until the
7433 -- call itself is expanded. The reason this is required is that we might
7434 -- have an IN OUT or OUT parameter, and the copy out is essential, and
7435 -- that copy out would be missed if we created a temporary here in
7436 -- Expand_N_Slice. Note that we don't bother to test specifically for an
7437 -- IN OUT or OUT mode parameter, since it is a bit tricky to do, and it
7438 -- is harmless to defer expansion in the IN case, since the call
7439 -- processing will still generate the appropriate copy in operation,
7440 -- which will take care of the slice.
7441
7442 procedure Make_Temporary;
7443 -- Create a named variable for the value of the slice, in cases where
7444 -- the back-end cannot handle it properly, e.g. when packed types or
7445 -- unaligned slices are involved.
7446
7447 -------------------------
7448 -- Is_Procedure_Actual --
7449 -------------------------
7450
7451 function Is_Procedure_Actual (N : Node_Id) return Boolean is
7452 Par : Node_Id := Parent (N);
7453
7454 begin
7455 loop
7456 -- If our parent is a procedure call we can return
7457
7458 if Nkind (Par) = N_Procedure_Call_Statement then
7459 return True;
7460
7461 -- If our parent is a type conversion, keep climbing the tree,
7462 -- since a type conversion can be a procedure actual. Also keep
7463 -- climbing if parameter association or a qualified expression,
7464 -- since these are additional cases that do can appear on
7465 -- procedure actuals.
7466
7467 elsif Nkind_In (Par, N_Type_Conversion,
7468 N_Parameter_Association,
7469 N_Qualified_Expression)
7470 then
7471 Par := Parent (Par);
7472
7473 -- Any other case is not what we are looking for
7474
7475 else
7476 return False;
7477 end if;
7478 end loop;
7479 end Is_Procedure_Actual;
7480
7481 --------------------
7482 -- Make_Temporary --
7483 --------------------
7484
7485 procedure Make_Temporary is
7486 Decl : Node_Id;
7487 Ent : constant Entity_Id :=
7488 Make_Defining_Identifier (Loc, New_Internal_Name ('T'));
7489 begin
7490 Decl :=
7491 Make_Object_Declaration (Loc,
7492 Defining_Identifier => Ent,
7493 Object_Definition => New_Occurrence_Of (Typ, Loc));
7494
7495 Set_No_Initialization (Decl);
7496
7497 Insert_Actions (N, New_List (
7498 Decl,
7499 Make_Assignment_Statement (Loc,
7500 Name => New_Occurrence_Of (Ent, Loc),
7501 Expression => Relocate_Node (N))));
7502
7503 Rewrite (N, New_Occurrence_Of (Ent, Loc));
7504 Analyze_And_Resolve (N, Typ);
7505 end Make_Temporary;
7506
7507 -- Start of processing for Expand_N_Slice
7508
7509 begin
7510 -- Special handling for access types
7511
7512 if Is_Access_Type (Ptp) then
7513
7514 Ptp := Designated_Type (Ptp);
7515
7516 Rewrite (Pfx,
7517 Make_Explicit_Dereference (Sloc (N),
7518 Prefix => Relocate_Node (Pfx)));
7519
7520 Analyze_And_Resolve (Pfx, Ptp);
7521 end if;
7522
7523 -- Ada 2005 (AI-318-02): If the prefix is a call to a build-in-place
7524 -- function, then additional actuals must be passed.
7525
7526 if Ada_Version >= Ada_05
7527 and then Is_Build_In_Place_Function_Call (Pfx)
7528 then
7529 Make_Build_In_Place_Call_In_Anonymous_Context (Pfx);
7530 end if;
7531
7532 -- The remaining case to be handled is packed slices. We can leave
7533 -- packed slices as they are in the following situations:
7534
7535 -- 1. Right or left side of an assignment (we can handle this
7536 -- situation correctly in the assignment statement expansion).
7537
7538 -- 2. Prefix of indexed component (the slide is optimized away in this
7539 -- case, see the start of Expand_N_Slice.)
7540
7541 -- 3. Object renaming declaration, since we want the name of the
7542 -- slice, not the value.
7543
7544 -- 4. Argument to procedure call, since copy-in/copy-out handling may
7545 -- be required, and this is handled in the expansion of call
7546 -- itself.
7547
7548 -- 5. Prefix of an address attribute (this is an error which is caught
7549 -- elsewhere, and the expansion would interfere with generating the
7550 -- error message).
7551
7552 if not Is_Packed (Typ) then
7553
7554 -- Apply transformation for actuals of a function call, where
7555 -- Expand_Actuals is not used.
7556
7557 if Nkind (Parent (N)) = N_Function_Call
7558 and then Is_Possibly_Unaligned_Slice (N)
7559 then
7560 Make_Temporary;
7561 end if;
7562
7563 elsif Nkind (Parent (N)) = N_Assignment_Statement
7564 or else (Nkind (Parent (Parent (N))) = N_Assignment_Statement
7565 and then Parent (N) = Name (Parent (Parent (N))))
7566 then
7567 return;
7568
7569 elsif Nkind (Parent (N)) = N_Indexed_Component
7570 or else Is_Renamed_Object (N)
7571 or else Is_Procedure_Actual (N)
7572 then
7573 return;
7574
7575 elsif Nkind (Parent (N)) = N_Attribute_Reference
7576 and then Attribute_Name (Parent (N)) = Name_Address
7577 then
7578 return;
7579
7580 else
7581 Make_Temporary;
7582 end if;
7583 end Expand_N_Slice;
7584
7585 ------------------------------
7586 -- Expand_N_Type_Conversion --
7587 ------------------------------
7588
7589 procedure Expand_N_Type_Conversion (N : Node_Id) is
7590 Loc : constant Source_Ptr := Sloc (N);
7591 Operand : constant Node_Id := Expression (N);
7592 Target_Type : constant Entity_Id := Etype (N);
7593 Operand_Type : Entity_Id := Etype (Operand);
7594
7595 procedure Handle_Changed_Representation;
7596 -- This is called in the case of record and array type conversions to
7597 -- see if there is a change of representation to be handled. Change of
7598 -- representation is actually handled at the assignment statement level,
7599 -- and what this procedure does is rewrite node N conversion as an
7600 -- assignment to temporary. If there is no change of representation,
7601 -- then the conversion node is unchanged.
7602
7603 procedure Raise_Accessibility_Error;
7604 -- Called when we know that an accessibility check will fail. Rewrites
7605 -- node N to an appropriate raise statement and outputs warning msgs.
7606 -- The Etype of the raise node is set to Target_Type.
7607
7608 procedure Real_Range_Check;
7609 -- Handles generation of range check for real target value
7610
7611 -----------------------------------
7612 -- Handle_Changed_Representation --
7613 -----------------------------------
7614
7615 procedure Handle_Changed_Representation is
7616 Temp : Entity_Id;
7617 Decl : Node_Id;
7618 Odef : Node_Id;
7619 Disc : Node_Id;
7620 N_Ix : Node_Id;
7621 Cons : List_Id;
7622
7623 begin
7624
7625 -- Nothing else to do if no change of representation
7626
7627 if Same_Representation (Operand_Type, Target_Type) then
7628 return;
7629
7630 -- The real change of representation work is done by the assignment
7631 -- statement processing. So if this type conversion is appearing as
7632 -- the expression of an assignment statement, nothing needs to be
7633 -- done to the conversion.
7634
7635 elsif Nkind (Parent (N)) = N_Assignment_Statement then
7636 return;
7637
7638 -- Otherwise we need to generate a temporary variable, and do the
7639 -- change of representation assignment into that temporary variable.
7640 -- The conversion is then replaced by a reference to this variable.
7641
7642 else
7643 Cons := No_List;
7644
7645 -- If type is unconstrained we have to add a constraint, copied
7646 -- from the actual value of the left hand side.
7647
7648 if not Is_Constrained (Target_Type) then
7649 if Has_Discriminants (Operand_Type) then
7650 Disc := First_Discriminant (Operand_Type);
7651
7652 if Disc /= First_Stored_Discriminant (Operand_Type) then
7653 Disc := First_Stored_Discriminant (Operand_Type);
7654 end if;
7655
7656 Cons := New_List;
7657 while Present (Disc) loop
7658 Append_To (Cons,
7659 Make_Selected_Component (Loc,
7660 Prefix => Duplicate_Subexpr_Move_Checks (Operand),
7661 Selector_Name =>
7662 Make_Identifier (Loc, Chars (Disc))));
7663 Next_Discriminant (Disc);
7664 end loop;
7665
7666 elsif Is_Array_Type (Operand_Type) then
7667 N_Ix := First_Index (Target_Type);
7668 Cons := New_List;
7669
7670 for J in 1 .. Number_Dimensions (Operand_Type) loop
7671
7672 -- We convert the bounds explicitly. We use an unchecked
7673 -- conversion because bounds checks are done elsewhere.
7674
7675 Append_To (Cons,
7676 Make_Range (Loc,
7677 Low_Bound =>
7678 Unchecked_Convert_To (Etype (N_Ix),
7679 Make_Attribute_Reference (Loc,
7680 Prefix =>
7681 Duplicate_Subexpr_No_Checks
7682 (Operand, Name_Req => True),
7683 Attribute_Name => Name_First,
7684 Expressions => New_List (
7685 Make_Integer_Literal (Loc, J)))),
7686
7687 High_Bound =>
7688 Unchecked_Convert_To (Etype (N_Ix),
7689 Make_Attribute_Reference (Loc,
7690 Prefix =>
7691 Duplicate_Subexpr_No_Checks
7692 (Operand, Name_Req => True),
7693 Attribute_Name => Name_Last,
7694 Expressions => New_List (
7695 Make_Integer_Literal (Loc, J))))));
7696
7697 Next_Index (N_Ix);
7698 end loop;
7699 end if;
7700 end if;
7701
7702 Odef := New_Occurrence_Of (Target_Type, Loc);
7703
7704 if Present (Cons) then
7705 Odef :=
7706 Make_Subtype_Indication (Loc,
7707 Subtype_Mark => Odef,
7708 Constraint =>
7709 Make_Index_Or_Discriminant_Constraint (Loc,
7710 Constraints => Cons));
7711 end if;
7712
7713 Temp := Make_Defining_Identifier (Loc, New_Internal_Name ('C'));
7714 Decl :=
7715 Make_Object_Declaration (Loc,
7716 Defining_Identifier => Temp,
7717 Object_Definition => Odef);
7718
7719 Set_No_Initialization (Decl, True);
7720
7721 -- Insert required actions. It is essential to suppress checks
7722 -- since we have suppressed default initialization, which means
7723 -- that the variable we create may have no discriminants.
7724
7725 Insert_Actions (N,
7726 New_List (
7727 Decl,
7728 Make_Assignment_Statement (Loc,
7729 Name => New_Occurrence_Of (Temp, Loc),
7730 Expression => Relocate_Node (N))),
7731 Suppress => All_Checks);
7732
7733 Rewrite (N, New_Occurrence_Of (Temp, Loc));
7734 return;
7735 end if;
7736 end Handle_Changed_Representation;
7737
7738 -------------------------------
7739 -- Raise_Accessibility_Error --
7740 -------------------------------
7741
7742 procedure Raise_Accessibility_Error is
7743 begin
7744 Rewrite (N,
7745 Make_Raise_Program_Error (Sloc (N),
7746 Reason => PE_Accessibility_Check_Failed));
7747 Set_Etype (N, Target_Type);
7748
7749 Error_Msg_N ("?accessibility check failure", N);
7750 Error_Msg_NE
7751 ("\?& will be raised at run time", N, Standard_Program_Error);
7752 end Raise_Accessibility_Error;
7753
7754 ----------------------
7755 -- Real_Range_Check --
7756 ----------------------
7757
7758 -- Case of conversions to floating-point or fixed-point. If range checks
7759 -- are enabled and the target type has a range constraint, we convert:
7760
7761 -- typ (x)
7762
7763 -- to
7764
7765 -- Tnn : typ'Base := typ'Base (x);
7766 -- [constraint_error when Tnn < typ'First or else Tnn > typ'Last]
7767 -- Tnn
7768
7769 -- This is necessary when there is a conversion of integer to float or
7770 -- to fixed-point to ensure that the correct checks are made. It is not
7771 -- necessary for float to float where it is enough to simply set the
7772 -- Do_Range_Check flag.
7773
7774 procedure Real_Range_Check is
7775 Btyp : constant Entity_Id := Base_Type (Target_Type);
7776 Lo : constant Node_Id := Type_Low_Bound (Target_Type);
7777 Hi : constant Node_Id := Type_High_Bound (Target_Type);
7778 Xtyp : constant Entity_Id := Etype (Operand);
7779 Conv : Node_Id;
7780 Tnn : Entity_Id;
7781
7782 begin
7783 -- Nothing to do if conversion was rewritten
7784
7785 if Nkind (N) /= N_Type_Conversion then
7786 return;
7787 end if;
7788
7789 -- Nothing to do if range checks suppressed, or target has the same
7790 -- range as the base type (or is the base type).
7791
7792 if Range_Checks_Suppressed (Target_Type)
7793 or else (Lo = Type_Low_Bound (Btyp)
7794 and then
7795 Hi = Type_High_Bound (Btyp))
7796 then
7797 return;
7798 end if;
7799
7800 -- Nothing to do if expression is an entity on which checks have been
7801 -- suppressed.
7802
7803 if Is_Entity_Name (Operand)
7804 and then Range_Checks_Suppressed (Entity (Operand))
7805 then
7806 return;
7807 end if;
7808
7809 -- Nothing to do if bounds are all static and we can tell that the
7810 -- expression is within the bounds of the target. Note that if the
7811 -- operand is of an unconstrained floating-point type, then we do
7812 -- not trust it to be in range (might be infinite)
7813
7814 declare
7815 S_Lo : constant Node_Id := Type_Low_Bound (Xtyp);
7816 S_Hi : constant Node_Id := Type_High_Bound (Xtyp);
7817
7818 begin
7819 if (not Is_Floating_Point_Type (Xtyp)
7820 or else Is_Constrained (Xtyp))
7821 and then Compile_Time_Known_Value (S_Lo)
7822 and then Compile_Time_Known_Value (S_Hi)
7823 and then Compile_Time_Known_Value (Hi)
7824 and then Compile_Time_Known_Value (Lo)
7825 then
7826 declare
7827 D_Lov : constant Ureal := Expr_Value_R (Lo);
7828 D_Hiv : constant Ureal := Expr_Value_R (Hi);
7829 S_Lov : Ureal;
7830 S_Hiv : Ureal;
7831
7832 begin
7833 if Is_Real_Type (Xtyp) then
7834 S_Lov := Expr_Value_R (S_Lo);
7835 S_Hiv := Expr_Value_R (S_Hi);
7836 else
7837 S_Lov := UR_From_Uint (Expr_Value (S_Lo));
7838 S_Hiv := UR_From_Uint (Expr_Value (S_Hi));
7839 end if;
7840
7841 if D_Hiv > D_Lov
7842 and then S_Lov >= D_Lov
7843 and then S_Hiv <= D_Hiv
7844 then
7845 Set_Do_Range_Check (Operand, False);
7846 return;
7847 end if;
7848 end;
7849 end if;
7850 end;
7851
7852 -- For float to float conversions, we are done
7853
7854 if Is_Floating_Point_Type (Xtyp)
7855 and then
7856 Is_Floating_Point_Type (Btyp)
7857 then
7858 return;
7859 end if;
7860
7861 -- Otherwise rewrite the conversion as described above
7862
7863 Conv := Relocate_Node (N);
7864 Rewrite (Subtype_Mark (Conv), New_Occurrence_Of (Btyp, Loc));
7865 Set_Etype (Conv, Btyp);
7866
7867 -- Enable overflow except for case of integer to float conversions,
7868 -- where it is never required, since we can never have overflow in
7869 -- this case.
7870
7871 if not Is_Integer_Type (Etype (Operand)) then
7872 Enable_Overflow_Check (Conv);
7873 end if;
7874
7875 Tnn :=
7876 Make_Defining_Identifier (Loc,
7877 Chars => New_Internal_Name ('T'));
7878
7879 Insert_Actions (N, New_List (
7880 Make_Object_Declaration (Loc,
7881 Defining_Identifier => Tnn,
7882 Object_Definition => New_Occurrence_Of (Btyp, Loc),
7883 Expression => Conv),
7884
7885 Make_Raise_Constraint_Error (Loc,
7886 Condition =>
7887 Make_Or_Else (Loc,
7888 Left_Opnd =>
7889 Make_Op_Lt (Loc,
7890 Left_Opnd => New_Occurrence_Of (Tnn, Loc),
7891 Right_Opnd =>
7892 Make_Attribute_Reference (Loc,
7893 Attribute_Name => Name_First,
7894 Prefix =>
7895 New_Occurrence_Of (Target_Type, Loc))),
7896
7897 Right_Opnd =>
7898 Make_Op_Gt (Loc,
7899 Left_Opnd => New_Occurrence_Of (Tnn, Loc),
7900 Right_Opnd =>
7901 Make_Attribute_Reference (Loc,
7902 Attribute_Name => Name_Last,
7903 Prefix =>
7904 New_Occurrence_Of (Target_Type, Loc)))),
7905 Reason => CE_Range_Check_Failed)));
7906
7907 Rewrite (N, New_Occurrence_Of (Tnn, Loc));
7908 Analyze_And_Resolve (N, Btyp);
7909 end Real_Range_Check;
7910
7911 -- Start of processing for Expand_N_Type_Conversion
7912
7913 begin
7914 -- Nothing at all to do if conversion is to the identical type so remove
7915 -- the conversion completely, it is useless, except that it may carry
7916 -- an Assignment_OK attribute, which must be propagated to the operand.
7917
7918 if Operand_Type = Target_Type then
7919 if Assignment_OK (N) then
7920 Set_Assignment_OK (Operand);
7921 end if;
7922
7923 Rewrite (N, Relocate_Node (Operand));
7924 return;
7925 end if;
7926
7927 -- Nothing to do if this is the second argument of read. This is a
7928 -- "backwards" conversion that will be handled by the specialized code
7929 -- in attribute processing.
7930
7931 if Nkind (Parent (N)) = N_Attribute_Reference
7932 and then Attribute_Name (Parent (N)) = Name_Read
7933 and then Next (First (Expressions (Parent (N)))) = N
7934 then
7935 return;
7936 end if;
7937
7938 -- Here if we may need to expand conversion
7939
7940 -- If the operand of the type conversion is an arithmetic operation on
7941 -- signed integers, and the based type of the signed integer type in
7942 -- question is smaller than Standard.Integer, we promote both of the
7943 -- operands to type Integer.
7944
7945 -- For example, if we have
7946
7947 -- target-type (opnd1 + opnd2)
7948
7949 -- and opnd1 and opnd2 are of type short integer, then we rewrite
7950 -- this as:
7951
7952 -- target-type (integer(opnd1) + integer(opnd2))
7953
7954 -- We do this because we are always allowed to compute in a larger type
7955 -- if we do the right thing with the result, and in this case we are
7956 -- going to do a conversion which will do an appropriate check to make
7957 -- sure that things are in range of the target type in any case. This
7958 -- avoids some unnecessary intermediate overflows.
7959
7960 -- We also do a similar transformation in the case where the target
7961 -- type is a 64-bit signed integer, in this case we do the inner
7962 -- computation in Long_Long_Integer. We also use Long_Long_Integer
7963 -- as the inner type in the fixed-point or floating-point target case.
7964
7965 -- Note: this circuit is partially redundant with respect to the circuit
7966 -- in Checks.Apply_Arithmetic_Overflow_Check, but we catch more cases in
7967 -- the processing here. Also we still need the Checks circuit, since we
7968 -- have to be sure not to generate junk overflow checks in the first
7969 -- place, since it would be trick to remove them here!
7970
7971 declare
7972 Inner_Type : Entity_Id := Empty;
7973 Root_Target_Type : constant Entity_Id := Root_Type (Target_Type);
7974 Root_Operand_Type : constant Entity_Id := Root_Type (Operand_Type);
7975
7976 begin
7977 if (Root_Target_Type = Base_Type (Standard_Long_Long_Integer)
7978 or else Is_Real_Type (Root_Target_Type))
7979 and then Is_Signed_Integer_Type (Operand_Type)
7980 then
7981 Inner_Type := Standard_Long_Long_Integer;
7982
7983 elsif Root_Operand_Type = Base_Type (Standard_Short_Integer)
7984 or else
7985 Root_Operand_Type = Base_Type (Standard_Short_Short_Integer)
7986 then
7987 Inner_Type := Standard_Integer;
7988 end if;
7989
7990 -- Do rewrite if enabled
7991
7992 if Present (Inner_Type) then
7993
7994 -- Test for binary operation. Note that this includes junk like
7995 -- XOR and concatenation, but none of those will yield a signed
7996 -- integer result, so we won't get here except in the interesting
7997 -- cases of simple arithmetic operators like addition.
7998
7999 if Nkind (Operand) in N_Binary_Op then
8000 Rewrite (Left_Opnd (Operand),
8001 Make_Type_Conversion (Loc,
8002 Subtype_Mark => New_Reference_To (Inner_Type, Loc),
8003 Expression => Relocate_Node (Left_Opnd (Operand))));
8004
8005 Rewrite (Right_Opnd (Operand),
8006 Make_Type_Conversion (Loc,
8007 Subtype_Mark => New_Reference_To (Inner_Type, Loc),
8008 Expression => Relocate_Node (Right_Opnd (Operand))));
8009
8010 Set_Analyzed (Operand, False);
8011 Analyze_And_Resolve (Operand, Inner_Type);
8012
8013 -- Similar processing for unary operation. The only interesting
8014 -- case is negation, nothing else can produce an overflow.
8015
8016 elsif Nkind (Operand) = N_Op_Minus then
8017 Rewrite (Right_Opnd (Operand),
8018 Make_Type_Conversion (Loc,
8019 Subtype_Mark => New_Reference_To (Inner_Type, Loc),
8020 Expression => Relocate_Node (Right_Opnd (Operand))));
8021
8022 Set_Analyzed (Operand, False);
8023 Analyze_And_Resolve (Operand, Inner_Type);
8024 end if;
8025 end if;
8026 end;
8027
8028 -- Do validity check if validity checking operands
8029
8030 if Validity_Checks_On
8031 and then Validity_Check_Operands
8032 then
8033 Ensure_Valid (Operand);
8034 end if;
8035
8036 -- Special case of converting from non-standard boolean type
8037
8038 if Is_Boolean_Type (Operand_Type)
8039 and then (Nonzero_Is_True (Operand_Type))
8040 then
8041 Adjust_Condition (Operand);
8042 Set_Etype (Operand, Standard_Boolean);
8043 Operand_Type := Standard_Boolean;
8044 end if;
8045
8046 -- Case of converting to an access type
8047
8048 if Is_Access_Type (Target_Type) then
8049
8050 -- Apply an accessibility check when the conversion operand is an
8051 -- access parameter (or a renaming thereof), unless conversion was
8052 -- expanded from an Unchecked_ or Unrestricted_Access attribute.
8053 -- Note that other checks may still need to be applied below (such
8054 -- as tagged type checks).
8055
8056 if Is_Entity_Name (Operand)
8057 and then
8058 (Is_Formal (Entity (Operand))
8059 or else
8060 (Present (Renamed_Object (Entity (Operand)))
8061 and then Is_Entity_Name (Renamed_Object (Entity (Operand)))
8062 and then Is_Formal
8063 (Entity (Renamed_Object (Entity (Operand))))))
8064 and then Ekind (Etype (Operand)) = E_Anonymous_Access_Type
8065 and then (Nkind (Original_Node (N)) /= N_Attribute_Reference
8066 or else Attribute_Name (Original_Node (N)) = Name_Access)
8067 then
8068 Apply_Accessibility_Check
8069 (Operand, Target_Type, Insert_Node => Operand);
8070
8071 -- If the level of the operand type is statically deeper than the
8072 -- level of the target type, then force Program_Error. Note that this
8073 -- can only occur for cases where the attribute is within the body of
8074 -- an instantiation (otherwise the conversion will already have been
8075 -- rejected as illegal). Note: warnings are issued by the analyzer
8076 -- for the instance cases.
8077
8078 elsif In_Instance_Body
8079 and then Type_Access_Level (Operand_Type) >
8080 Type_Access_Level (Target_Type)
8081 then
8082 Raise_Accessibility_Error;
8083
8084 -- When the operand is a selected access discriminant the check needs
8085 -- to be made against the level of the object denoted by the prefix
8086 -- of the selected name. Force Program_Error for this case as well
8087 -- (this accessibility violation can only happen if within the body
8088 -- of an instantiation).
8089
8090 elsif In_Instance_Body
8091 and then Ekind (Operand_Type) = E_Anonymous_Access_Type
8092 and then Nkind (Operand) = N_Selected_Component
8093 and then Object_Access_Level (Operand) >
8094 Type_Access_Level (Target_Type)
8095 then
8096 Raise_Accessibility_Error;
8097 return;
8098 end if;
8099 end if;
8100
8101 -- Case of conversions of tagged types and access to tagged types
8102
8103 -- When needed, that is to say when the expression is class-wide, Add
8104 -- runtime a tag check for (strict) downward conversion by using the
8105 -- membership test, generating:
8106
8107 -- [constraint_error when Operand not in Target_Type'Class]
8108
8109 -- or in the access type case
8110
8111 -- [constraint_error
8112 -- when Operand /= null
8113 -- and then Operand.all not in
8114 -- Designated_Type (Target_Type)'Class]
8115
8116 if (Is_Access_Type (Target_Type)
8117 and then Is_Tagged_Type (Designated_Type (Target_Type)))
8118 or else Is_Tagged_Type (Target_Type)
8119 then
8120 -- Do not do any expansion in the access type case if the parent is a
8121 -- renaming, since this is an error situation which will be caught by
8122 -- Sem_Ch8, and the expansion can interfere with this error check.
8123
8124 if Is_Access_Type (Target_Type)
8125 and then Is_Renamed_Object (N)
8126 then
8127 return;
8128 end if;
8129
8130 -- Otherwise, proceed with processing tagged conversion
8131
8132 declare
8133 Actual_Op_Typ : Entity_Id;
8134 Actual_Targ_Typ : Entity_Id;
8135 Make_Conversion : Boolean := False;
8136 Root_Op_Typ : Entity_Id;
8137
8138 procedure Make_Tag_Check (Targ_Typ : Entity_Id);
8139 -- Create a membership check to test whether Operand is a member
8140 -- of Targ_Typ. If the original Target_Type is an access, include
8141 -- a test for null value. The check is inserted at N.
8142
8143 --------------------
8144 -- Make_Tag_Check --
8145 --------------------
8146
8147 procedure Make_Tag_Check (Targ_Typ : Entity_Id) is
8148 Cond : Node_Id;
8149
8150 begin
8151 -- Generate:
8152 -- [Constraint_Error
8153 -- when Operand /= null
8154 -- and then Operand.all not in Targ_Typ]
8155
8156 if Is_Access_Type (Target_Type) then
8157 Cond :=
8158 Make_And_Then (Loc,
8159 Left_Opnd =>
8160 Make_Op_Ne (Loc,
8161 Left_Opnd => Duplicate_Subexpr_No_Checks (Operand),
8162 Right_Opnd => Make_Null (Loc)),
8163
8164 Right_Opnd =>
8165 Make_Not_In (Loc,
8166 Left_Opnd =>
8167 Make_Explicit_Dereference (Loc,
8168 Prefix => Duplicate_Subexpr_No_Checks (Operand)),
8169 Right_Opnd => New_Reference_To (Targ_Typ, Loc)));
8170
8171 -- Generate:
8172 -- [Constraint_Error when Operand not in Targ_Typ]
8173
8174 else
8175 Cond :=
8176 Make_Not_In (Loc,
8177 Left_Opnd => Duplicate_Subexpr_No_Checks (Operand),
8178 Right_Opnd => New_Reference_To (Targ_Typ, Loc));
8179 end if;
8180
8181 Insert_Action (N,
8182 Make_Raise_Constraint_Error (Loc,
8183 Condition => Cond,
8184 Reason => CE_Tag_Check_Failed));
8185 end Make_Tag_Check;
8186
8187 -- Start of processing
8188
8189 begin
8190 if Is_Access_Type (Target_Type) then
8191
8192 -- Handle entities from the limited view
8193
8194 Actual_Op_Typ :=
8195 Available_View (Designated_Type (Operand_Type));
8196 Actual_Targ_Typ :=
8197 Available_View (Designated_Type (Target_Type));
8198 else
8199 Actual_Op_Typ := Operand_Type;
8200 Actual_Targ_Typ := Target_Type;
8201 end if;
8202
8203 Root_Op_Typ := Root_Type (Actual_Op_Typ);
8204
8205 -- Ada 2005 (AI-251): Handle interface type conversion
8206
8207 if Is_Interface (Actual_Op_Typ) then
8208 Expand_Interface_Conversion (N, Is_Static => False);
8209 return;
8210 end if;
8211
8212 if not Tag_Checks_Suppressed (Actual_Targ_Typ) then
8213
8214 -- Create a runtime tag check for a downward class-wide type
8215 -- conversion.
8216
8217 if Is_Class_Wide_Type (Actual_Op_Typ)
8218 and then Actual_Op_Typ /= Actual_Targ_Typ
8219 and then Root_Op_Typ /= Actual_Targ_Typ
8220 and then Is_Ancestor (Root_Op_Typ, Actual_Targ_Typ)
8221 then
8222 Make_Tag_Check (Class_Wide_Type (Actual_Targ_Typ));
8223 Make_Conversion := True;
8224 end if;
8225
8226 -- AI05-0073: If the result subtype of the function is defined
8227 -- by an access_definition designating a specific tagged type
8228 -- T, a check is made that the result value is null or the tag
8229 -- of the object designated by the result value identifies T.
8230 -- Constraint_Error is raised if this check fails.
8231
8232 if Nkind (Parent (N)) = Sinfo.N_Return_Statement then
8233 declare
8234 Func : Entity_Id;
8235 Func_Typ : Entity_Id;
8236
8237 begin
8238 -- Climb scope stack looking for the enclosing function
8239
8240 Func := Current_Scope;
8241 while Present (Func)
8242 and then Ekind (Func) /= E_Function
8243 loop
8244 Func := Scope (Func);
8245 end loop;
8246
8247 -- The function's return subtype must be defined using
8248 -- an access definition.
8249
8250 if Nkind (Result_Definition (Parent (Func))) =
8251 N_Access_Definition
8252 then
8253 Func_Typ := Directly_Designated_Type (Etype (Func));
8254
8255 -- The return subtype denotes a specific tagged type,
8256 -- in other words, a non class-wide type.
8257
8258 if Is_Tagged_Type (Func_Typ)
8259 and then not Is_Class_Wide_Type (Func_Typ)
8260 then
8261 Make_Tag_Check (Actual_Targ_Typ);
8262 Make_Conversion := True;
8263 end if;
8264 end if;
8265 end;
8266 end if;
8267
8268 -- We have generated a tag check for either a class-wide type
8269 -- conversion or for AI05-0073.
8270
8271 if Make_Conversion then
8272 declare
8273 Conv : Node_Id;
8274 begin
8275 Conv :=
8276 Make_Unchecked_Type_Conversion (Loc,
8277 Subtype_Mark => New_Occurrence_Of (Target_Type, Loc),
8278 Expression => Relocate_Node (Expression (N)));
8279 Rewrite (N, Conv);
8280 Analyze_And_Resolve (N, Target_Type);
8281 end;
8282 end if;
8283 end if;
8284 end;
8285
8286 -- Case of other access type conversions
8287
8288 elsif Is_Access_Type (Target_Type) then
8289 Apply_Constraint_Check (Operand, Target_Type);
8290
8291 -- Case of conversions from a fixed-point type
8292
8293 -- These conversions require special expansion and processing, found in
8294 -- the Exp_Fixd package. We ignore cases where Conversion_OK is set,
8295 -- since from a semantic point of view, these are simple integer
8296 -- conversions, which do not need further processing.
8297
8298 elsif Is_Fixed_Point_Type (Operand_Type)
8299 and then not Conversion_OK (N)
8300 then
8301 -- We should never see universal fixed at this case, since the
8302 -- expansion of the constituent divide or multiply should have
8303 -- eliminated the explicit mention of universal fixed.
8304
8305 pragma Assert (Operand_Type /= Universal_Fixed);
8306
8307 -- Check for special case of the conversion to universal real that
8308 -- occurs as a result of the use of a round attribute. In this case,
8309 -- the real type for the conversion is taken from the target type of
8310 -- the Round attribute and the result must be marked as rounded.
8311
8312 if Target_Type = Universal_Real
8313 and then Nkind (Parent (N)) = N_Attribute_Reference
8314 and then Attribute_Name (Parent (N)) = Name_Round
8315 then
8316 Set_Rounded_Result (N);
8317 Set_Etype (N, Etype (Parent (N)));
8318 end if;
8319
8320 -- Otherwise do correct fixed-conversion, but skip these if the
8321 -- Conversion_OK flag is set, because from a semantic point of
8322 -- view these are simple integer conversions needing no further
8323 -- processing (the backend will simply treat them as integers)
8324
8325 if not Conversion_OK (N) then
8326 if Is_Fixed_Point_Type (Etype (N)) then
8327 Expand_Convert_Fixed_To_Fixed (N);
8328 Real_Range_Check;
8329
8330 elsif Is_Integer_Type (Etype (N)) then
8331 Expand_Convert_Fixed_To_Integer (N);
8332
8333 else
8334 pragma Assert (Is_Floating_Point_Type (Etype (N)));
8335 Expand_Convert_Fixed_To_Float (N);
8336 Real_Range_Check;
8337 end if;
8338 end if;
8339
8340 -- Case of conversions to a fixed-point type
8341
8342 -- These conversions require special expansion and processing, found in
8343 -- the Exp_Fixd package. Again, ignore cases where Conversion_OK is set,
8344 -- since from a semantic point of view, these are simple integer
8345 -- conversions, which do not need further processing.
8346
8347 elsif Is_Fixed_Point_Type (Target_Type)
8348 and then not Conversion_OK (N)
8349 then
8350 if Is_Integer_Type (Operand_Type) then
8351 Expand_Convert_Integer_To_Fixed (N);
8352 Real_Range_Check;
8353 else
8354 pragma Assert (Is_Floating_Point_Type (Operand_Type));
8355 Expand_Convert_Float_To_Fixed (N);
8356 Real_Range_Check;
8357 end if;
8358
8359 -- Case of float-to-integer conversions
8360
8361 -- We also handle float-to-fixed conversions with Conversion_OK set
8362 -- since semantically the fixed-point target is treated as though it
8363 -- were an integer in such cases.
8364
8365 elsif Is_Floating_Point_Type (Operand_Type)
8366 and then
8367 (Is_Integer_Type (Target_Type)
8368 or else
8369 (Is_Fixed_Point_Type (Target_Type) and then Conversion_OK (N)))
8370 then
8371 -- One more check here, gcc is still not able to do conversions of
8372 -- this type with proper overflow checking, and so gigi is doing an
8373 -- approximation of what is required by doing floating-point compares
8374 -- with the end-point. But that can lose precision in some cases, and
8375 -- give a wrong result. Converting the operand to Universal_Real is
8376 -- helpful, but still does not catch all cases with 64-bit integers
8377 -- on targets with only 64-bit floats
8378
8379 -- The above comment seems obsoleted by Apply_Float_Conversion_Check
8380 -- Can this code be removed ???
8381
8382 if Do_Range_Check (Operand) then
8383 Rewrite (Operand,
8384 Make_Type_Conversion (Loc,
8385 Subtype_Mark =>
8386 New_Occurrence_Of (Universal_Real, Loc),
8387 Expression =>
8388 Relocate_Node (Operand)));
8389
8390 Set_Etype (Operand, Universal_Real);
8391 Enable_Range_Check (Operand);
8392 Set_Do_Range_Check (Expression (Operand), False);
8393 end if;
8394
8395 -- Case of array conversions
8396
8397 -- Expansion of array conversions, add required length/range checks but
8398 -- only do this if there is no change of representation. For handling of
8399 -- this case, see Handle_Changed_Representation.
8400
8401 elsif Is_Array_Type (Target_Type) then
8402
8403 if Is_Constrained (Target_Type) then
8404 Apply_Length_Check (Operand, Target_Type);
8405 else
8406 Apply_Range_Check (Operand, Target_Type);
8407 end if;
8408
8409 Handle_Changed_Representation;
8410
8411 -- Case of conversions of discriminated types
8412
8413 -- Add required discriminant checks if target is constrained. Again this
8414 -- change is skipped if we have a change of representation.
8415
8416 elsif Has_Discriminants (Target_Type)
8417 and then Is_Constrained (Target_Type)
8418 then
8419 Apply_Discriminant_Check (Operand, Target_Type);
8420 Handle_Changed_Representation;
8421
8422 -- Case of all other record conversions. The only processing required
8423 -- is to check for a change of representation requiring the special
8424 -- assignment processing.
8425
8426 elsif Is_Record_Type (Target_Type) then
8427
8428 -- Ada 2005 (AI-216): Program_Error is raised when converting from
8429 -- a derived Unchecked_Union type to an unconstrained type that is
8430 -- not Unchecked_Union if the operand lacks inferable discriminants.
8431
8432 if Is_Derived_Type (Operand_Type)
8433 and then Is_Unchecked_Union (Base_Type (Operand_Type))
8434 and then not Is_Constrained (Target_Type)
8435 and then not Is_Unchecked_Union (Base_Type (Target_Type))
8436 and then not Has_Inferable_Discriminants (Operand)
8437 then
8438 -- To prevent Gigi from generating illegal code, we generate a
8439 -- Program_Error node, but we give it the target type of the
8440 -- conversion.
8441
8442 declare
8443 PE : constant Node_Id := Make_Raise_Program_Error (Loc,
8444 Reason => PE_Unchecked_Union_Restriction);
8445
8446 begin
8447 Set_Etype (PE, Target_Type);
8448 Rewrite (N, PE);
8449
8450 end;
8451 else
8452 Handle_Changed_Representation;
8453 end if;
8454
8455 -- Case of conversions of enumeration types
8456
8457 elsif Is_Enumeration_Type (Target_Type) then
8458
8459 -- Special processing is required if there is a change of
8460 -- representation (from enumeration representation clauses)
8461
8462 if not Same_Representation (Target_Type, Operand_Type) then
8463
8464 -- Convert: x(y) to x'val (ytyp'val (y))
8465
8466 Rewrite (N,
8467 Make_Attribute_Reference (Loc,
8468 Prefix => New_Occurrence_Of (Target_Type, Loc),
8469 Attribute_Name => Name_Val,
8470 Expressions => New_List (
8471 Make_Attribute_Reference (Loc,
8472 Prefix => New_Occurrence_Of (Operand_Type, Loc),
8473 Attribute_Name => Name_Pos,
8474 Expressions => New_List (Operand)))));
8475
8476 Analyze_And_Resolve (N, Target_Type);
8477 end if;
8478
8479 -- Case of conversions to floating-point
8480
8481 elsif Is_Floating_Point_Type (Target_Type) then
8482 Real_Range_Check;
8483 end if;
8484
8485 -- At this stage, either the conversion node has been transformed into
8486 -- some other equivalent expression, or left as a conversion that can
8487 -- be handled by Gigi. The conversions that Gigi can handle are the
8488 -- following:
8489
8490 -- Conversions with no change of representation or type
8491
8492 -- Numeric conversions involving integer, floating- and fixed-point
8493 -- values. Fixed-point values are allowed only if Conversion_OK is
8494 -- set, i.e. if the fixed-point values are to be treated as integers.
8495
8496 -- No other conversions should be passed to Gigi
8497
8498 -- Check: are these rules stated in sinfo??? if so, why restate here???
8499
8500 -- The only remaining step is to generate a range check if we still have
8501 -- a type conversion at this stage and Do_Range_Check is set. For now we
8502 -- do this only for conversions of discrete types.
8503
8504 if Nkind (N) = N_Type_Conversion
8505 and then Is_Discrete_Type (Etype (N))
8506 then
8507 declare
8508 Expr : constant Node_Id := Expression (N);
8509 Ftyp : Entity_Id;
8510 Ityp : Entity_Id;
8511
8512 begin
8513 if Do_Range_Check (Expr)
8514 and then Is_Discrete_Type (Etype (Expr))
8515 then
8516 Set_Do_Range_Check (Expr, False);
8517
8518 -- Before we do a range check, we have to deal with treating a
8519 -- fixed-point operand as an integer. The way we do this is
8520 -- simply to do an unchecked conversion to an appropriate
8521 -- integer type large enough to hold the result.
8522
8523 -- This code is not active yet, because we are only dealing
8524 -- with discrete types so far ???
8525
8526 if Nkind (Expr) in N_Has_Treat_Fixed_As_Integer
8527 and then Treat_Fixed_As_Integer (Expr)
8528 then
8529 Ftyp := Base_Type (Etype (Expr));
8530
8531 if Esize (Ftyp) >= Esize (Standard_Integer) then
8532 Ityp := Standard_Long_Long_Integer;
8533 else
8534 Ityp := Standard_Integer;
8535 end if;
8536
8537 Rewrite (Expr, Unchecked_Convert_To (Ityp, Expr));
8538 end if;
8539
8540 -- Reset overflow flag, since the range check will include
8541 -- dealing with possible overflow, and generate the check If
8542 -- Address is either a source type or target type, suppress
8543 -- range check to avoid typing anomalies when it is a visible
8544 -- integer type.
8545
8546 Set_Do_Overflow_Check (N, False);
8547 if not Is_Descendent_Of_Address (Etype (Expr))
8548 and then not Is_Descendent_Of_Address (Target_Type)
8549 then
8550 Generate_Range_Check
8551 (Expr, Target_Type, CE_Range_Check_Failed);
8552 end if;
8553 end if;
8554 end;
8555 end if;
8556
8557 -- Final step, if the result is a type conversion involving Vax_Float
8558 -- types, then it is subject for further special processing.
8559
8560 if Nkind (N) = N_Type_Conversion
8561 and then (Vax_Float (Operand_Type) or else Vax_Float (Target_Type))
8562 then
8563 Expand_Vax_Conversion (N);
8564 return;
8565 end if;
8566 end Expand_N_Type_Conversion;
8567
8568 -----------------------------------
8569 -- Expand_N_Unchecked_Expression --
8570 -----------------------------------
8571
8572 -- Remove the unchecked expression node from the tree. It's job was simply
8573 -- to make sure that its constituent expression was handled with checks
8574 -- off, and now that that is done, we can remove it from the tree, and
8575 -- indeed must, since gigi does not expect to see these nodes.
8576
8577 procedure Expand_N_Unchecked_Expression (N : Node_Id) is
8578 Exp : constant Node_Id := Expression (N);
8579
8580 begin
8581 Set_Assignment_OK (Exp, Assignment_OK (N) or Assignment_OK (Exp));
8582 Rewrite (N, Exp);
8583 end Expand_N_Unchecked_Expression;
8584
8585 ----------------------------------------
8586 -- Expand_N_Unchecked_Type_Conversion --
8587 ----------------------------------------
8588
8589 -- If this cannot be handled by Gigi and we haven't already made a
8590 -- temporary for it, do it now.
8591
8592 procedure Expand_N_Unchecked_Type_Conversion (N : Node_Id) is
8593 Target_Type : constant Entity_Id := Etype (N);
8594 Operand : constant Node_Id := Expression (N);
8595 Operand_Type : constant Entity_Id := Etype (Operand);
8596
8597 begin
8598 -- Nothing at all to do if conversion is to the identical type so remove
8599 -- the conversion completely, it is useless, except that it may carry
8600 -- an Assignment_OK indication which must be proprgated to the operand.
8601
8602 if Operand_Type = Target_Type then
8603 if Assignment_OK (N) then
8604 Set_Assignment_OK (Operand);
8605 end if;
8606
8607 Rewrite (N, Relocate_Node (Operand));
8608 return;
8609 end if;
8610
8611 -- If we have a conversion of a compile time known value to a target
8612 -- type and the value is in range of the target type, then we can simply
8613 -- replace the construct by an integer literal of the correct type. We
8614 -- only apply this to integer types being converted. Possibly it may
8615 -- apply in other cases, but it is too much trouble to worry about.
8616
8617 -- Note that we do not do this transformation if the Kill_Range_Check
8618 -- flag is set, since then the value may be outside the expected range.
8619 -- This happens in the Normalize_Scalars case.
8620
8621 -- We also skip this if either the target or operand type is biased
8622 -- because in this case, the unchecked conversion is supposed to
8623 -- preserve the bit pattern, not the integer value.
8624
8625 if Is_Integer_Type (Target_Type)
8626 and then not Has_Biased_Representation (Target_Type)
8627 and then Is_Integer_Type (Operand_Type)
8628 and then not Has_Biased_Representation (Operand_Type)
8629 and then Compile_Time_Known_Value (Operand)
8630 and then not Kill_Range_Check (N)
8631 then
8632 declare
8633 Val : constant Uint := Expr_Value (Operand);
8634
8635 begin
8636 if Compile_Time_Known_Value (Type_Low_Bound (Target_Type))
8637 and then
8638 Compile_Time_Known_Value (Type_High_Bound (Target_Type))
8639 and then
8640 Val >= Expr_Value (Type_Low_Bound (Target_Type))
8641 and then
8642 Val <= Expr_Value (Type_High_Bound (Target_Type))
8643 then
8644 Rewrite (N, Make_Integer_Literal (Sloc (N), Val));
8645
8646 -- If Address is the target type, just set the type to avoid a
8647 -- spurious type error on the literal when Address is a visible
8648 -- integer type.
8649
8650 if Is_Descendent_Of_Address (Target_Type) then
8651 Set_Etype (N, Target_Type);
8652 else
8653 Analyze_And_Resolve (N, Target_Type);
8654 end if;
8655
8656 return;
8657 end if;
8658 end;
8659 end if;
8660
8661 -- Nothing to do if conversion is safe
8662
8663 if Safe_Unchecked_Type_Conversion (N) then
8664 return;
8665 end if;
8666
8667 -- Otherwise force evaluation unless Assignment_OK flag is set (this
8668 -- flag indicates ??? -- more comments needed here)
8669
8670 if Assignment_OK (N) then
8671 null;
8672 else
8673 Force_Evaluation (N);
8674 end if;
8675 end Expand_N_Unchecked_Type_Conversion;
8676
8677 ----------------------------
8678 -- Expand_Record_Equality --
8679 ----------------------------
8680
8681 -- For non-variant records, Equality is expanded when needed into:
8682
8683 -- and then Lhs.Discr1 = Rhs.Discr1
8684 -- and then ...
8685 -- and then Lhs.Discrn = Rhs.Discrn
8686 -- and then Lhs.Cmp1 = Rhs.Cmp1
8687 -- and then ...
8688 -- and then Lhs.Cmpn = Rhs.Cmpn
8689
8690 -- The expression is folded by the back-end for adjacent fields. This
8691 -- function is called for tagged record in only one occasion: for imple-
8692 -- menting predefined primitive equality (see Predefined_Primitives_Bodies)
8693 -- otherwise the primitive "=" is used directly.
8694
8695 function Expand_Record_Equality
8696 (Nod : Node_Id;
8697 Typ : Entity_Id;
8698 Lhs : Node_Id;
8699 Rhs : Node_Id;
8700 Bodies : List_Id) return Node_Id
8701 is
8702 Loc : constant Source_Ptr := Sloc (Nod);
8703
8704 Result : Node_Id;
8705 C : Entity_Id;
8706
8707 First_Time : Boolean := True;
8708
8709 function Suitable_Element (C : Entity_Id) return Entity_Id;
8710 -- Return the first field to compare beginning with C, skipping the
8711 -- inherited components.
8712
8713 ----------------------
8714 -- Suitable_Element --
8715 ----------------------
8716
8717 function Suitable_Element (C : Entity_Id) return Entity_Id is
8718 begin
8719 if No (C) then
8720 return Empty;
8721
8722 elsif Ekind (C) /= E_Discriminant
8723 and then Ekind (C) /= E_Component
8724 then
8725 return Suitable_Element (Next_Entity (C));
8726
8727 elsif Is_Tagged_Type (Typ)
8728 and then C /= Original_Record_Component (C)
8729 then
8730 return Suitable_Element (Next_Entity (C));
8731
8732 elsif Chars (C) = Name_uController
8733 or else Chars (C) = Name_uTag
8734 then
8735 return Suitable_Element (Next_Entity (C));
8736
8737 elsif Is_Interface (Etype (C)) then
8738 return Suitable_Element (Next_Entity (C));
8739
8740 else
8741 return C;
8742 end if;
8743 end Suitable_Element;
8744
8745 -- Start of processing for Expand_Record_Equality
8746
8747 begin
8748 -- Generates the following code: (assuming that Typ has one Discr and
8749 -- component C2 is also a record)
8750
8751 -- True
8752 -- and then Lhs.Discr1 = Rhs.Discr1
8753 -- and then Lhs.C1 = Rhs.C1
8754 -- and then Lhs.C2.C1=Rhs.C2.C1 and then ... Lhs.C2.Cn=Rhs.C2.Cn
8755 -- and then ...
8756 -- and then Lhs.Cmpn = Rhs.Cmpn
8757
8758 Result := New_Reference_To (Standard_True, Loc);
8759 C := Suitable_Element (First_Entity (Typ));
8760
8761 while Present (C) loop
8762 declare
8763 New_Lhs : Node_Id;
8764 New_Rhs : Node_Id;
8765 Check : Node_Id;
8766
8767 begin
8768 if First_Time then
8769 First_Time := False;
8770 New_Lhs := Lhs;
8771 New_Rhs := Rhs;
8772 else
8773 New_Lhs := New_Copy_Tree (Lhs);
8774 New_Rhs := New_Copy_Tree (Rhs);
8775 end if;
8776
8777 Check :=
8778 Expand_Composite_Equality (Nod, Etype (C),
8779 Lhs =>
8780 Make_Selected_Component (Loc,
8781 Prefix => New_Lhs,
8782 Selector_Name => New_Reference_To (C, Loc)),
8783 Rhs =>
8784 Make_Selected_Component (Loc,
8785 Prefix => New_Rhs,
8786 Selector_Name => New_Reference_To (C, Loc)),
8787 Bodies => Bodies);
8788
8789 -- If some (sub)component is an unchecked_union, the whole
8790 -- operation will raise program error.
8791
8792 if Nkind (Check) = N_Raise_Program_Error then
8793 Result := Check;
8794 Set_Etype (Result, Standard_Boolean);
8795 exit;
8796 else
8797 Result :=
8798 Make_And_Then (Loc,
8799 Left_Opnd => Result,
8800 Right_Opnd => Check);
8801 end if;
8802 end;
8803
8804 C := Suitable_Element (Next_Entity (C));
8805 end loop;
8806
8807 return Result;
8808 end Expand_Record_Equality;
8809
8810 -------------------------------------
8811 -- Fixup_Universal_Fixed_Operation --
8812 -------------------------------------
8813
8814 procedure Fixup_Universal_Fixed_Operation (N : Node_Id) is
8815 Conv : constant Node_Id := Parent (N);
8816
8817 begin
8818 -- We must have a type conversion immediately above us
8819
8820 pragma Assert (Nkind (Conv) = N_Type_Conversion);
8821
8822 -- Normally the type conversion gives our target type. The exception
8823 -- occurs in the case of the Round attribute, where the conversion
8824 -- will be to universal real, and our real type comes from the Round
8825 -- attribute (as well as an indication that we must round the result)
8826
8827 if Nkind (Parent (Conv)) = N_Attribute_Reference
8828 and then Attribute_Name (Parent (Conv)) = Name_Round
8829 then
8830 Set_Etype (N, Etype (Parent (Conv)));
8831 Set_Rounded_Result (N);
8832
8833 -- Normal case where type comes from conversion above us
8834
8835 else
8836 Set_Etype (N, Etype (Conv));
8837 end if;
8838 end Fixup_Universal_Fixed_Operation;
8839
8840 ------------------------------
8841 -- Get_Allocator_Final_List --
8842 ------------------------------
8843
8844 function Get_Allocator_Final_List
8845 (N : Node_Id;
8846 T : Entity_Id;
8847 PtrT : Entity_Id) return Entity_Id
8848 is
8849 Loc : constant Source_Ptr := Sloc (N);
8850
8851 Owner : Entity_Id := PtrT;
8852 -- The entity whose finalization list must be used to attach the
8853 -- allocated object.
8854
8855 begin
8856 if Ekind (PtrT) = E_Anonymous_Access_Type then
8857
8858 -- If the context is an access parameter, we need to create a
8859 -- non-anonymous access type in order to have a usable final list,
8860 -- because there is otherwise no pool to which the allocated object
8861 -- can belong. We create both the type and the finalization chain
8862 -- here, because freezing an internal type does not create such a
8863 -- chain. The Final_Chain that is thus created is shared by the
8864 -- access parameter. The access type is tested against the result
8865 -- type of the function to exclude allocators whose type is an
8866 -- anonymous access result type. We freeze the type at once to
8867 -- ensure that it is properly decorated for the back-end, even
8868 -- if the context and current scope is a loop.
8869
8870 if Nkind (Associated_Node_For_Itype (PtrT))
8871 in N_Subprogram_Specification
8872 and then
8873 PtrT /=
8874 Etype (Defining_Unit_Name (Associated_Node_For_Itype (PtrT)))
8875 then
8876 Owner := Make_Defining_Identifier (Loc, New_Internal_Name ('J'));
8877 Insert_Action (N,
8878 Make_Full_Type_Declaration (Loc,
8879 Defining_Identifier => Owner,
8880 Type_Definition =>
8881 Make_Access_To_Object_Definition (Loc,
8882 Subtype_Indication =>
8883 New_Occurrence_Of (T, Loc))));
8884
8885 Freeze_Before (N, Owner);
8886 Build_Final_List (N, Owner);
8887 Set_Associated_Final_Chain (PtrT, Associated_Final_Chain (Owner));
8888
8889 -- Ada 2005 (AI-318-02): If the context is a return object
8890 -- declaration, then the anonymous return subtype is defined to have
8891 -- the same accessibility level as that of the function's result
8892 -- subtype, which means that we want the scope where the function is
8893 -- declared.
8894
8895 elsif Nkind (Associated_Node_For_Itype (PtrT)) = N_Object_Declaration
8896 and then Ekind (Scope (PtrT)) = E_Return_Statement
8897 then
8898 Owner := Scope (Return_Applies_To (Scope (PtrT)));
8899
8900 -- Case of an access discriminant, or (Ada 2005), of an anonymous
8901 -- access component or anonymous access function result: find the
8902 -- final list associated with the scope of the type. (In the
8903 -- anonymous access component kind, a list controller will have
8904 -- been allocated when freezing the record type, and PtrT has an
8905 -- Associated_Final_Chain attribute designating it.)
8906
8907 elsif No (Associated_Final_Chain (PtrT)) then
8908 Owner := Scope (PtrT);
8909 end if;
8910 end if;
8911
8912 return Find_Final_List (Owner);
8913 end Get_Allocator_Final_List;
8914
8915 ---------------------------------
8916 -- Has_Inferable_Discriminants --
8917 ---------------------------------
8918
8919 function Has_Inferable_Discriminants (N : Node_Id) return Boolean is
8920
8921 function Prefix_Is_Formal_Parameter (N : Node_Id) return Boolean;
8922 -- Determines whether the left-most prefix of a selected component is a
8923 -- formal parameter in a subprogram. Assumes N is a selected component.
8924
8925 --------------------------------
8926 -- Prefix_Is_Formal_Parameter --
8927 --------------------------------
8928
8929 function Prefix_Is_Formal_Parameter (N : Node_Id) return Boolean is
8930 Sel_Comp : Node_Id := N;
8931
8932 begin
8933 -- Move to the left-most prefix by climbing up the tree
8934
8935 while Present (Parent (Sel_Comp))
8936 and then Nkind (Parent (Sel_Comp)) = N_Selected_Component
8937 loop
8938 Sel_Comp := Parent (Sel_Comp);
8939 end loop;
8940
8941 return Ekind (Entity (Prefix (Sel_Comp))) in Formal_Kind;
8942 end Prefix_Is_Formal_Parameter;
8943
8944 -- Start of processing for Has_Inferable_Discriminants
8945
8946 begin
8947 -- For identifiers and indexed components, it is sufficient to have a
8948 -- constrained Unchecked_Union nominal subtype.
8949
8950 if Nkind_In (N, N_Identifier, N_Indexed_Component) then
8951 return Is_Unchecked_Union (Base_Type (Etype (N)))
8952 and then
8953 Is_Constrained (Etype (N));
8954
8955 -- For selected components, the subtype of the selector must be a
8956 -- constrained Unchecked_Union. If the component is subject to a
8957 -- per-object constraint, then the enclosing object must have inferable
8958 -- discriminants.
8959
8960 elsif Nkind (N) = N_Selected_Component then
8961 if Has_Per_Object_Constraint (Entity (Selector_Name (N))) then
8962
8963 -- A small hack. If we have a per-object constrained selected
8964 -- component of a formal parameter, return True since we do not
8965 -- know the actual parameter association yet.
8966
8967 if Prefix_Is_Formal_Parameter (N) then
8968 return True;
8969 end if;
8970
8971 -- Otherwise, check the enclosing object and the selector
8972
8973 return Has_Inferable_Discriminants (Prefix (N))
8974 and then
8975 Has_Inferable_Discriminants (Selector_Name (N));
8976 end if;
8977
8978 -- The call to Has_Inferable_Discriminants will determine whether
8979 -- the selector has a constrained Unchecked_Union nominal type.
8980
8981 return Has_Inferable_Discriminants (Selector_Name (N));
8982
8983 -- A qualified expression has inferable discriminants if its subtype
8984 -- mark is a constrained Unchecked_Union subtype.
8985
8986 elsif Nkind (N) = N_Qualified_Expression then
8987 return Is_Unchecked_Union (Subtype_Mark (N))
8988 and then
8989 Is_Constrained (Subtype_Mark (N));
8990
8991 end if;
8992
8993 return False;
8994 end Has_Inferable_Discriminants;
8995
8996 -------------------------------
8997 -- Insert_Dereference_Action --
8998 -------------------------------
8999
9000 procedure Insert_Dereference_Action (N : Node_Id) is
9001 Loc : constant Source_Ptr := Sloc (N);
9002 Typ : constant Entity_Id := Etype (N);
9003 Pool : constant Entity_Id := Associated_Storage_Pool (Typ);
9004 Pnod : constant Node_Id := Parent (N);
9005
9006 function Is_Checked_Storage_Pool (P : Entity_Id) return Boolean;
9007 -- Return true if type of P is derived from Checked_Pool;
9008
9009 -----------------------------
9010 -- Is_Checked_Storage_Pool --
9011 -----------------------------
9012
9013 function Is_Checked_Storage_Pool (P : Entity_Id) return Boolean is
9014 T : Entity_Id;
9015
9016 begin
9017 if No (P) then
9018 return False;
9019 end if;
9020
9021 T := Etype (P);
9022 while T /= Etype (T) loop
9023 if Is_RTE (T, RE_Checked_Pool) then
9024 return True;
9025 else
9026 T := Etype (T);
9027 end if;
9028 end loop;
9029
9030 return False;
9031 end Is_Checked_Storage_Pool;
9032
9033 -- Start of processing for Insert_Dereference_Action
9034
9035 begin
9036 pragma Assert (Nkind (Pnod) = N_Explicit_Dereference);
9037
9038 if not (Is_Checked_Storage_Pool (Pool)
9039 and then Comes_From_Source (Original_Node (Pnod)))
9040 then
9041 return;
9042 end if;
9043
9044 Insert_Action (N,
9045 Make_Procedure_Call_Statement (Loc,
9046 Name => New_Reference_To (
9047 Find_Prim_Op (Etype (Pool), Name_Dereference), Loc),
9048
9049 Parameter_Associations => New_List (
9050
9051 -- Pool
9052
9053 New_Reference_To (Pool, Loc),
9054
9055 -- Storage_Address. We use the attribute Pool_Address, which uses
9056 -- the pointer itself to find the address of the object, and which
9057 -- handles unconstrained arrays properly by computing the address
9058 -- of the template. i.e. the correct address of the corresponding
9059 -- allocation.
9060
9061 Make_Attribute_Reference (Loc,
9062 Prefix => Duplicate_Subexpr_Move_Checks (N),
9063 Attribute_Name => Name_Pool_Address),
9064
9065 -- Size_In_Storage_Elements
9066
9067 Make_Op_Divide (Loc,
9068 Left_Opnd =>
9069 Make_Attribute_Reference (Loc,
9070 Prefix =>
9071 Make_Explicit_Dereference (Loc,
9072 Duplicate_Subexpr_Move_Checks (N)),
9073 Attribute_Name => Name_Size),
9074 Right_Opnd =>
9075 Make_Integer_Literal (Loc, System_Storage_Unit)),
9076
9077 -- Alignment
9078
9079 Make_Attribute_Reference (Loc,
9080 Prefix =>
9081 Make_Explicit_Dereference (Loc,
9082 Duplicate_Subexpr_Move_Checks (N)),
9083 Attribute_Name => Name_Alignment))));
9084
9085 exception
9086 when RE_Not_Available =>
9087 return;
9088 end Insert_Dereference_Action;
9089
9090 ------------------------------
9091 -- Make_Array_Comparison_Op --
9092 ------------------------------
9093
9094 -- This is a hand-coded expansion of the following generic function:
9095
9096 -- generic
9097 -- type elem is (<>);
9098 -- type index is (<>);
9099 -- type a is array (index range <>) of elem;
9100
9101 -- function Gnnn (X : a; Y: a) return boolean is
9102 -- J : index := Y'first;
9103
9104 -- begin
9105 -- if X'length = 0 then
9106 -- return false;
9107
9108 -- elsif Y'length = 0 then
9109 -- return true;
9110
9111 -- else
9112 -- for I in X'range loop
9113 -- if X (I) = Y (J) then
9114 -- if J = Y'last then
9115 -- exit;
9116 -- else
9117 -- J := index'succ (J);
9118 -- end if;
9119
9120 -- else
9121 -- return X (I) > Y (J);
9122 -- end if;
9123 -- end loop;
9124
9125 -- return X'length > Y'length;
9126 -- end if;
9127 -- end Gnnn;
9128
9129 -- Note that since we are essentially doing this expansion by hand, we
9130 -- do not need to generate an actual or formal generic part, just the
9131 -- instantiated function itself.
9132
9133 function Make_Array_Comparison_Op
9134 (Typ : Entity_Id;
9135 Nod : Node_Id) return Node_Id
9136 is
9137 Loc : constant Source_Ptr := Sloc (Nod);
9138
9139 X : constant Entity_Id := Make_Defining_Identifier (Loc, Name_uX);
9140 Y : constant Entity_Id := Make_Defining_Identifier (Loc, Name_uY);
9141 I : constant Entity_Id := Make_Defining_Identifier (Loc, Name_uI);
9142 J : constant Entity_Id := Make_Defining_Identifier (Loc, Name_uJ);
9143
9144 Index : constant Entity_Id := Base_Type (Etype (First_Index (Typ)));
9145
9146 Loop_Statement : Node_Id;
9147 Loop_Body : Node_Id;
9148 If_Stat : Node_Id;
9149 Inner_If : Node_Id;
9150 Final_Expr : Node_Id;
9151 Func_Body : Node_Id;
9152 Func_Name : Entity_Id;
9153 Formals : List_Id;
9154 Length1 : Node_Id;
9155 Length2 : Node_Id;
9156
9157 begin
9158 -- if J = Y'last then
9159 -- exit;
9160 -- else
9161 -- J := index'succ (J);
9162 -- end if;
9163
9164 Inner_If :=
9165 Make_Implicit_If_Statement (Nod,
9166 Condition =>
9167 Make_Op_Eq (Loc,
9168 Left_Opnd => New_Reference_To (J, Loc),
9169 Right_Opnd =>
9170 Make_Attribute_Reference (Loc,
9171 Prefix => New_Reference_To (Y, Loc),
9172 Attribute_Name => Name_Last)),
9173
9174 Then_Statements => New_List (
9175 Make_Exit_Statement (Loc)),
9176
9177 Else_Statements =>
9178 New_List (
9179 Make_Assignment_Statement (Loc,
9180 Name => New_Reference_To (J, Loc),
9181 Expression =>
9182 Make_Attribute_Reference (Loc,
9183 Prefix => New_Reference_To (Index, Loc),
9184 Attribute_Name => Name_Succ,
9185 Expressions => New_List (New_Reference_To (J, Loc))))));
9186
9187 -- if X (I) = Y (J) then
9188 -- if ... end if;
9189 -- else
9190 -- return X (I) > Y (J);
9191 -- end if;
9192
9193 Loop_Body :=
9194 Make_Implicit_If_Statement (Nod,
9195 Condition =>
9196 Make_Op_Eq (Loc,
9197 Left_Opnd =>
9198 Make_Indexed_Component (Loc,
9199 Prefix => New_Reference_To (X, Loc),
9200 Expressions => New_List (New_Reference_To (I, Loc))),
9201
9202 Right_Opnd =>
9203 Make_Indexed_Component (Loc,
9204 Prefix => New_Reference_To (Y, Loc),
9205 Expressions => New_List (New_Reference_To (J, Loc)))),
9206
9207 Then_Statements => New_List (Inner_If),
9208
9209 Else_Statements => New_List (
9210 Make_Simple_Return_Statement (Loc,
9211 Expression =>
9212 Make_Op_Gt (Loc,
9213 Left_Opnd =>
9214 Make_Indexed_Component (Loc,
9215 Prefix => New_Reference_To (X, Loc),
9216 Expressions => New_List (New_Reference_To (I, Loc))),
9217
9218 Right_Opnd =>
9219 Make_Indexed_Component (Loc,
9220 Prefix => New_Reference_To (Y, Loc),
9221 Expressions => New_List (
9222 New_Reference_To (J, Loc)))))));
9223
9224 -- for I in X'range loop
9225 -- if ... end if;
9226 -- end loop;
9227
9228 Loop_Statement :=
9229 Make_Implicit_Loop_Statement (Nod,
9230 Identifier => Empty,
9231
9232 Iteration_Scheme =>
9233 Make_Iteration_Scheme (Loc,
9234 Loop_Parameter_Specification =>
9235 Make_Loop_Parameter_Specification (Loc,
9236 Defining_Identifier => I,
9237 Discrete_Subtype_Definition =>
9238 Make_Attribute_Reference (Loc,
9239 Prefix => New_Reference_To (X, Loc),
9240 Attribute_Name => Name_Range))),
9241
9242 Statements => New_List (Loop_Body));
9243
9244 -- if X'length = 0 then
9245 -- return false;
9246 -- elsif Y'length = 0 then
9247 -- return true;
9248 -- else
9249 -- for ... loop ... end loop;
9250 -- return X'length > Y'length;
9251 -- end if;
9252
9253 Length1 :=
9254 Make_Attribute_Reference (Loc,
9255 Prefix => New_Reference_To (X, Loc),
9256 Attribute_Name => Name_Length);
9257
9258 Length2 :=
9259 Make_Attribute_Reference (Loc,
9260 Prefix => New_Reference_To (Y, Loc),
9261 Attribute_Name => Name_Length);
9262
9263 Final_Expr :=
9264 Make_Op_Gt (Loc,
9265 Left_Opnd => Length1,
9266 Right_Opnd => Length2);
9267
9268 If_Stat :=
9269 Make_Implicit_If_Statement (Nod,
9270 Condition =>
9271 Make_Op_Eq (Loc,
9272 Left_Opnd =>
9273 Make_Attribute_Reference (Loc,
9274 Prefix => New_Reference_To (X, Loc),
9275 Attribute_Name => Name_Length),
9276 Right_Opnd =>
9277 Make_Integer_Literal (Loc, 0)),
9278
9279 Then_Statements =>
9280 New_List (
9281 Make_Simple_Return_Statement (Loc,
9282 Expression => New_Reference_To (Standard_False, Loc))),
9283
9284 Elsif_Parts => New_List (
9285 Make_Elsif_Part (Loc,
9286 Condition =>
9287 Make_Op_Eq (Loc,
9288 Left_Opnd =>
9289 Make_Attribute_Reference (Loc,
9290 Prefix => New_Reference_To (Y, Loc),
9291 Attribute_Name => Name_Length),
9292 Right_Opnd =>
9293 Make_Integer_Literal (Loc, 0)),
9294
9295 Then_Statements =>
9296 New_List (
9297 Make_Simple_Return_Statement (Loc,
9298 Expression => New_Reference_To (Standard_True, Loc))))),
9299
9300 Else_Statements => New_List (
9301 Loop_Statement,
9302 Make_Simple_Return_Statement (Loc,
9303 Expression => Final_Expr)));
9304
9305 -- (X : a; Y: a)
9306
9307 Formals := New_List (
9308 Make_Parameter_Specification (Loc,
9309 Defining_Identifier => X,
9310 Parameter_Type => New_Reference_To (Typ, Loc)),
9311
9312 Make_Parameter_Specification (Loc,
9313 Defining_Identifier => Y,
9314 Parameter_Type => New_Reference_To (Typ, Loc)));
9315
9316 -- function Gnnn (...) return boolean is
9317 -- J : index := Y'first;
9318 -- begin
9319 -- if ... end if;
9320 -- end Gnnn;
9321
9322 Func_Name := Make_Defining_Identifier (Loc, New_Internal_Name ('G'));
9323
9324 Func_Body :=
9325 Make_Subprogram_Body (Loc,
9326 Specification =>
9327 Make_Function_Specification (Loc,
9328 Defining_Unit_Name => Func_Name,
9329 Parameter_Specifications => Formals,
9330 Result_Definition => New_Reference_To (Standard_Boolean, Loc)),
9331
9332 Declarations => New_List (
9333 Make_Object_Declaration (Loc,
9334 Defining_Identifier => J,
9335 Object_Definition => New_Reference_To (Index, Loc),
9336 Expression =>
9337 Make_Attribute_Reference (Loc,
9338 Prefix => New_Reference_To (Y, Loc),
9339 Attribute_Name => Name_First))),
9340
9341 Handled_Statement_Sequence =>
9342 Make_Handled_Sequence_Of_Statements (Loc,
9343 Statements => New_List (If_Stat)));
9344
9345 return Func_Body;
9346 end Make_Array_Comparison_Op;
9347
9348 ---------------------------
9349 -- Make_Boolean_Array_Op --
9350 ---------------------------
9351
9352 -- For logical operations on boolean arrays, expand in line the following,
9353 -- replacing 'and' with 'or' or 'xor' where needed:
9354
9355 -- function Annn (A : typ; B: typ) return typ is
9356 -- C : typ;
9357 -- begin
9358 -- for J in A'range loop
9359 -- C (J) := A (J) op B (J);
9360 -- end loop;
9361 -- return C;
9362 -- end Annn;
9363
9364 -- Here typ is the boolean array type
9365
9366 function Make_Boolean_Array_Op
9367 (Typ : Entity_Id;
9368 N : Node_Id) return Node_Id
9369 is
9370 Loc : constant Source_Ptr := Sloc (N);
9371
9372 A : constant Entity_Id := Make_Defining_Identifier (Loc, Name_uA);
9373 B : constant Entity_Id := Make_Defining_Identifier (Loc, Name_uB);
9374 C : constant Entity_Id := Make_Defining_Identifier (Loc, Name_uC);
9375 J : constant Entity_Id := Make_Defining_Identifier (Loc, Name_uJ);
9376
9377 A_J : Node_Id;
9378 B_J : Node_Id;
9379 C_J : Node_Id;
9380 Op : Node_Id;
9381
9382 Formals : List_Id;
9383 Func_Name : Entity_Id;
9384 Func_Body : Node_Id;
9385 Loop_Statement : Node_Id;
9386
9387 begin
9388 A_J :=
9389 Make_Indexed_Component (Loc,
9390 Prefix => New_Reference_To (A, Loc),
9391 Expressions => New_List (New_Reference_To (J, Loc)));
9392
9393 B_J :=
9394 Make_Indexed_Component (Loc,
9395 Prefix => New_Reference_To (B, Loc),
9396 Expressions => New_List (New_Reference_To (J, Loc)));
9397
9398 C_J :=
9399 Make_Indexed_Component (Loc,
9400 Prefix => New_Reference_To (C, Loc),
9401 Expressions => New_List (New_Reference_To (J, Loc)));
9402
9403 if Nkind (N) = N_Op_And then
9404 Op :=
9405 Make_Op_And (Loc,
9406 Left_Opnd => A_J,
9407 Right_Opnd => B_J);
9408
9409 elsif Nkind (N) = N_Op_Or then
9410 Op :=
9411 Make_Op_Or (Loc,
9412 Left_Opnd => A_J,
9413 Right_Opnd => B_J);
9414
9415 else
9416 Op :=
9417 Make_Op_Xor (Loc,
9418 Left_Opnd => A_J,
9419 Right_Opnd => B_J);
9420 end if;
9421
9422 Loop_Statement :=
9423 Make_Implicit_Loop_Statement (N,
9424 Identifier => Empty,
9425
9426 Iteration_Scheme =>
9427 Make_Iteration_Scheme (Loc,
9428 Loop_Parameter_Specification =>
9429 Make_Loop_Parameter_Specification (Loc,
9430 Defining_Identifier => J,
9431 Discrete_Subtype_Definition =>
9432 Make_Attribute_Reference (Loc,
9433 Prefix => New_Reference_To (A, Loc),
9434 Attribute_Name => Name_Range))),
9435
9436 Statements => New_List (
9437 Make_Assignment_Statement (Loc,
9438 Name => C_J,
9439 Expression => Op)));
9440
9441 Formals := New_List (
9442 Make_Parameter_Specification (Loc,
9443 Defining_Identifier => A,
9444 Parameter_Type => New_Reference_To (Typ, Loc)),
9445
9446 Make_Parameter_Specification (Loc,
9447 Defining_Identifier => B,
9448 Parameter_Type => New_Reference_To (Typ, Loc)));
9449
9450 Func_Name :=
9451 Make_Defining_Identifier (Loc, New_Internal_Name ('A'));
9452 Set_Is_Inlined (Func_Name);
9453
9454 Func_Body :=
9455 Make_Subprogram_Body (Loc,
9456 Specification =>
9457 Make_Function_Specification (Loc,
9458 Defining_Unit_Name => Func_Name,
9459 Parameter_Specifications => Formals,
9460 Result_Definition => New_Reference_To (Typ, Loc)),
9461
9462 Declarations => New_List (
9463 Make_Object_Declaration (Loc,
9464 Defining_Identifier => C,
9465 Object_Definition => New_Reference_To (Typ, Loc))),
9466
9467 Handled_Statement_Sequence =>
9468 Make_Handled_Sequence_Of_Statements (Loc,
9469 Statements => New_List (
9470 Loop_Statement,
9471 Make_Simple_Return_Statement (Loc,
9472 Expression => New_Reference_To (C, Loc)))));
9473
9474 return Func_Body;
9475 end Make_Boolean_Array_Op;
9476
9477 ------------------------
9478 -- Rewrite_Comparison --
9479 ------------------------
9480
9481 procedure Rewrite_Comparison (N : Node_Id) is
9482 Warning_Generated : Boolean := False;
9483 -- Set to True if first pass with Assume_Valid generates a warning in
9484 -- which case we skip the second pass to avoid warning overloaded.
9485
9486 Result : Node_Id;
9487 -- Set to Standard_True or Standard_False
9488
9489 begin
9490 if Nkind (N) = N_Type_Conversion then
9491 Rewrite_Comparison (Expression (N));
9492 return;
9493
9494 elsif Nkind (N) not in N_Op_Compare then
9495 return;
9496 end if;
9497
9498 -- Now start looking at the comparison in detail. We potentially go
9499 -- through this loop twice. The first time, Assume_Valid is set False
9500 -- in the call to Compile_Time_Compare. If this call results in a
9501 -- clear result of always True or Always False, that's decisive and
9502 -- we are done. Otherwise we repeat the processing with Assume_Valid
9503 -- set to True to generate additional warnings. We can stil that step
9504 -- if Constant_Condition_Warnings is False.
9505
9506 for AV in False .. True loop
9507 declare
9508 Typ : constant Entity_Id := Etype (N);
9509 Op1 : constant Node_Id := Left_Opnd (N);
9510 Op2 : constant Node_Id := Right_Opnd (N);
9511
9512 Res : constant Compare_Result :=
9513 Compile_Time_Compare (Op1, Op2, Assume_Valid => AV);
9514 -- Res indicates if compare outcome can be compile time determined
9515
9516 True_Result : Boolean;
9517 False_Result : Boolean;
9518
9519 begin
9520 case N_Op_Compare (Nkind (N)) is
9521 when N_Op_Eq =>
9522 True_Result := Res = EQ;
9523 False_Result := Res = LT or else Res = GT or else Res = NE;
9524
9525 when N_Op_Ge =>
9526 True_Result := Res in Compare_GE;
9527 False_Result := Res = LT;
9528
9529 if Res = LE
9530 and then Constant_Condition_Warnings
9531 and then Comes_From_Source (Original_Node (N))
9532 and then Nkind (Original_Node (N)) = N_Op_Ge
9533 and then not In_Instance
9534 and then Is_Integer_Type (Etype (Left_Opnd (N)))
9535 and then not Has_Warnings_Off (Etype (Left_Opnd (N)))
9536 then
9537 Error_Msg_N
9538 ("can never be greater than, could replace by ""'=""?", N);
9539 Warning_Generated := True;
9540 end if;
9541
9542 when N_Op_Gt =>
9543 True_Result := Res = GT;
9544 False_Result := Res in Compare_LE;
9545
9546 when N_Op_Lt =>
9547 True_Result := Res = LT;
9548 False_Result := Res in Compare_GE;
9549
9550 when N_Op_Le =>
9551 True_Result := Res in Compare_LE;
9552 False_Result := Res = GT;
9553
9554 if Res = GE
9555 and then Constant_Condition_Warnings
9556 and then Comes_From_Source (Original_Node (N))
9557 and then Nkind (Original_Node (N)) = N_Op_Le
9558 and then not In_Instance
9559 and then Is_Integer_Type (Etype (Left_Opnd (N)))
9560 and then not Has_Warnings_Off (Etype (Left_Opnd (N)))
9561 then
9562 Error_Msg_N
9563 ("can never be less than, could replace by ""'=""?", N);
9564 Warning_Generated := True;
9565 end if;
9566
9567 when N_Op_Ne =>
9568 True_Result := Res = NE or else Res = GT or else Res = LT;
9569 False_Result := Res = EQ;
9570 end case;
9571
9572 -- If this is the first iteration, then we actually convert the
9573 -- comparison into True or False, if the result is certain.
9574
9575 if AV = False then
9576 if True_Result or False_Result then
9577 if True_Result then
9578 Result := Standard_True;
9579 else
9580 Result := Standard_False;
9581 end if;
9582
9583 Rewrite (N,
9584 Convert_To (Typ,
9585 New_Occurrence_Of (Result, Sloc (N))));
9586 Analyze_And_Resolve (N, Typ);
9587 Warn_On_Known_Condition (N);
9588 return;
9589 end if;
9590
9591 -- If this is the second iteration (AV = True), and the original
9592 -- node comes from source and we are not in an instance, then
9593 -- give a warning if we know result would be True or False. Note
9594 -- we know Constant_Condition_Warnings is set if we get here.
9595
9596 elsif Comes_From_Source (Original_Node (N))
9597 and then not In_Instance
9598 then
9599 if True_Result then
9600 Error_Msg_N
9601 ("condition can only be False if invalid values present?",
9602 N);
9603 elsif False_Result then
9604 Error_Msg_N
9605 ("condition can only be True if invalid values present?",
9606 N);
9607 end if;
9608 end if;
9609 end;
9610
9611 -- Skip second iteration if not warning on constant conditions or
9612 -- if the first iteration already generated a warning of some kind
9613 -- or if we are in any case assuming all values are valid (so that
9614 -- the first iteration took care of the valid case).
9615
9616 exit when not Constant_Condition_Warnings;
9617 exit when Warning_Generated;
9618 exit when Assume_No_Invalid_Values;
9619 end loop;
9620 end Rewrite_Comparison;
9621
9622 ----------------------------
9623 -- Safe_In_Place_Array_Op --
9624 ----------------------------
9625
9626 function Safe_In_Place_Array_Op
9627 (Lhs : Node_Id;
9628 Op1 : Node_Id;
9629 Op2 : Node_Id) return Boolean
9630 is
9631 Target : Entity_Id;
9632
9633 function Is_Safe_Operand (Op : Node_Id) return Boolean;
9634 -- Operand is safe if it cannot overlap part of the target of the
9635 -- operation. If the operand and the target are identical, the operand
9636 -- is safe. The operand can be empty in the case of negation.
9637
9638 function Is_Unaliased (N : Node_Id) return Boolean;
9639 -- Check that N is a stand-alone entity
9640
9641 ------------------
9642 -- Is_Unaliased --
9643 ------------------
9644
9645 function Is_Unaliased (N : Node_Id) return Boolean is
9646 begin
9647 return
9648 Is_Entity_Name (N)
9649 and then No (Address_Clause (Entity (N)))
9650 and then No (Renamed_Object (Entity (N)));
9651 end Is_Unaliased;
9652
9653 ---------------------
9654 -- Is_Safe_Operand --
9655 ---------------------
9656
9657 function Is_Safe_Operand (Op : Node_Id) return Boolean is
9658 begin
9659 if No (Op) then
9660 return True;
9661
9662 elsif Is_Entity_Name (Op) then
9663 return Is_Unaliased (Op);
9664
9665 elsif Nkind_In (Op, N_Indexed_Component, N_Selected_Component) then
9666 return Is_Unaliased (Prefix (Op));
9667
9668 elsif Nkind (Op) = N_Slice then
9669 return
9670 Is_Unaliased (Prefix (Op))
9671 and then Entity (Prefix (Op)) /= Target;
9672
9673 elsif Nkind (Op) = N_Op_Not then
9674 return Is_Safe_Operand (Right_Opnd (Op));
9675
9676 else
9677 return False;
9678 end if;
9679 end Is_Safe_Operand;
9680
9681 -- Start of processing for Is_Safe_In_Place_Array_Op
9682
9683 begin
9684 -- Skip this processing if the component size is different from system
9685 -- storage unit (since at least for NOT this would cause problems).
9686
9687 if Component_Size (Etype (Lhs)) /= System_Storage_Unit then
9688 return False;
9689
9690 -- Cannot do in place stuff on VM_Target since cannot pass addresses
9691
9692 elsif VM_Target /= No_VM then
9693 return False;
9694
9695 -- Cannot do in place stuff if non-standard Boolean representation
9696
9697 elsif Has_Non_Standard_Rep (Component_Type (Etype (Lhs))) then
9698 return False;
9699
9700 elsif not Is_Unaliased (Lhs) then
9701 return False;
9702 else
9703 Target := Entity (Lhs);
9704
9705 return
9706 Is_Safe_Operand (Op1)
9707 and then Is_Safe_Operand (Op2);
9708 end if;
9709 end Safe_In_Place_Array_Op;
9710
9711 -----------------------
9712 -- Tagged_Membership --
9713 -----------------------
9714
9715 -- There are two different cases to consider depending on whether the right
9716 -- operand is a class-wide type or not. If not we just compare the actual
9717 -- tag of the left expr to the target type tag:
9718 --
9719 -- Left_Expr.Tag = Right_Type'Tag;
9720 --
9721 -- If it is a class-wide type we use the RT function CW_Membership which is
9722 -- usually implemented by looking in the ancestor tables contained in the
9723 -- dispatch table pointed by Left_Expr.Tag for Typ'Tag
9724
9725 -- Ada 2005 (AI-251): If it is a class-wide interface type we use the RT
9726 -- function IW_Membership which is usually implemented by looking in the
9727 -- table of abstract interface types plus the ancestor table contained in
9728 -- the dispatch table pointed by Left_Expr.Tag for Typ'Tag
9729
9730 function Tagged_Membership (N : Node_Id) return Node_Id is
9731 Left : constant Node_Id := Left_Opnd (N);
9732 Right : constant Node_Id := Right_Opnd (N);
9733 Loc : constant Source_Ptr := Sloc (N);
9734
9735 Left_Type : Entity_Id;
9736 Right_Type : Entity_Id;
9737 Obj_Tag : Node_Id;
9738
9739 begin
9740 -- Handle entities from the limited view
9741
9742 Left_Type := Available_View (Etype (Left));
9743 Right_Type := Available_View (Etype (Right));
9744
9745 if Is_Class_Wide_Type (Left_Type) then
9746 Left_Type := Root_Type (Left_Type);
9747 end if;
9748
9749 Obj_Tag :=
9750 Make_Selected_Component (Loc,
9751 Prefix => Relocate_Node (Left),
9752 Selector_Name =>
9753 New_Reference_To (First_Tag_Component (Left_Type), Loc));
9754
9755 if Is_Class_Wide_Type (Right_Type) then
9756
9757 -- No need to issue a run-time check if we statically know that the
9758 -- result of this membership test is always true. For example,
9759 -- considering the following declarations:
9760
9761 -- type Iface is interface;
9762 -- type T is tagged null record;
9763 -- type DT is new T and Iface with null record;
9764
9765 -- Obj1 : T;
9766 -- Obj2 : DT;
9767
9768 -- These membership tests are always true:
9769
9770 -- Obj1 in T'Class
9771 -- Obj2 in T'Class;
9772 -- Obj2 in Iface'Class;
9773
9774 -- We do not need to handle cases where the membership is illegal.
9775 -- For example:
9776
9777 -- Obj1 in DT'Class; -- Compile time error
9778 -- Obj1 in Iface'Class; -- Compile time error
9779
9780 if not Is_Class_Wide_Type (Left_Type)
9781 and then (Is_Ancestor (Etype (Right_Type), Left_Type)
9782 or else (Is_Interface (Etype (Right_Type))
9783 and then Interface_Present_In_Ancestor
9784 (Typ => Left_Type,
9785 Iface => Etype (Right_Type))))
9786 then
9787 return New_Reference_To (Standard_True, Loc);
9788 end if;
9789
9790 -- Ada 2005 (AI-251): Class-wide applied to interfaces
9791
9792 if Is_Interface (Etype (Class_Wide_Type (Right_Type)))
9793
9794 -- Support to: "Iface_CW_Typ in Typ'Class"
9795
9796 or else Is_Interface (Left_Type)
9797 then
9798 -- Issue error if IW_Membership operation not available in a
9799 -- configurable run time setting.
9800
9801 if not RTE_Available (RE_IW_Membership) then
9802 Error_Msg_CRT
9803 ("dynamic membership test on interface types", N);
9804 return Empty;
9805 end if;
9806
9807 return
9808 Make_Function_Call (Loc,
9809 Name => New_Occurrence_Of (RTE (RE_IW_Membership), Loc),
9810 Parameter_Associations => New_List (
9811 Make_Attribute_Reference (Loc,
9812 Prefix => Obj_Tag,
9813 Attribute_Name => Name_Address),
9814 New_Reference_To (
9815 Node (First_Elmt
9816 (Access_Disp_Table (Root_Type (Right_Type)))),
9817 Loc)));
9818
9819 -- Ada 95: Normal case
9820
9821 else
9822 return
9823 Build_CW_Membership (Loc,
9824 Obj_Tag_Node => Obj_Tag,
9825 Typ_Tag_Node =>
9826 New_Reference_To (
9827 Node (First_Elmt
9828 (Access_Disp_Table (Root_Type (Right_Type)))),
9829 Loc));
9830 end if;
9831
9832 -- Right_Type is not a class-wide type
9833
9834 else
9835 -- No need to check the tag of the object if Right_Typ is abstract
9836
9837 if Is_Abstract_Type (Right_Type) then
9838 return New_Reference_To (Standard_False, Loc);
9839
9840 else
9841 return
9842 Make_Op_Eq (Loc,
9843 Left_Opnd => Obj_Tag,
9844 Right_Opnd =>
9845 New_Reference_To
9846 (Node (First_Elmt (Access_Disp_Table (Right_Type))), Loc));
9847 end if;
9848 end if;
9849 end Tagged_Membership;
9850
9851 ------------------------------
9852 -- Unary_Op_Validity_Checks --
9853 ------------------------------
9854
9855 procedure Unary_Op_Validity_Checks (N : Node_Id) is
9856 begin
9857 if Validity_Checks_On and Validity_Check_Operands then
9858 Ensure_Valid (Right_Opnd (N));
9859 end if;
9860 end Unary_Op_Validity_Checks;
9861
9862 end Exp_Ch4;